Sitransp 250 Fi01en Ge

SITRANS P
measuring instruments
for pressure
2/2 Product overview 2/150 Remote seals for transmitters and

pressure gages
2/4 Transmitters for gage, absolute and
2/150 Technical description
differential pressure
2/158 Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
2/4 Z series for gage pressure
2/161 Diaphragm seals of flange design
2/6 Z series for gage and absolute pressure
2/170 Quick-release diaphragm seals
2/12 SITRANS P250 for differential pressure
2/173 Miniature diaphragm seal
2/17 ZD series for gage and absolute pressure
2/174 Flushing rings
2/21 Transmitters for food, phar- 2/176 Clamp-on seals of flange design
maceuticals and biotechnology 2/179 Quick-release clamp-on seals
2/21 SITRANS P Compact for gage 2/182 Remote seals - Measuring setups
and absolute pressure 2/187 Questionnaire
2/28 SITRANS P300 for gage and absolute
2/190 Fittings
pressure
2/190 Technical description
2/47 Transmitters for gage pressure for pa- 2/191 Selection aid
per industry Shut-off valves for gage and absolute
SITRANS P300 and DS III series with pressure transmitters
PMC connection 2/193 Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271
2/47 Technical description and DIN 16272
Technical specifications, ordering data, 2/195 Angle adapter
dimensional drawings 2/196 Double shut-off valves
2/52 - DS III series with PMC connection 2/197 Accessories for shut-off
2/58 - SITRANS P300 with PMC connection valves/double shut-off valves
2/198 2-way valve manifolds DN 5
2/63 Transmitters for gage, absolute and Shut-off valves for differential pressure
differential pressure, flow and level transmitters
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series 2/201 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
2/63 Technical description 2/204 Multiway cocks PN 100
Technical specifications, ordering data, 2/206 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
dimensional drawings 2/209 3-way valve manifold DN 8
2/70 - for gage pressure 2/212 Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
2/79 - for gage pressure with front-flush 2/214 Valve manifold combination DN 8
diaphragm 2/216 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for
2/89 - for absolute pressure (from gage installing in protective boxes
pressure series) 2/220 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for
2/98 - for absolute pressure vertical angular diff. pressure lines
(from differential pressure series) 2/223 Low-pressure multiway cock
2/107 - for differential pressure and flow Accessories
2/124 - for level 2/225 Oval flange
2/226 Adapters, connection glands
2/134 SITRANS P Accessories
2/227 Connection parts G½
2/134 Supplementary electronics for 4-wire con-
2/228 Water traps, Sealing rings to EN 837-1
nection
2/229 Pressure surge reducers
2/136 Accessories/spare parts for SITRANS P,
2/230 Primary shut-off valves
P300 and DS III series
2/232 Compensation vessels
2/142 Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on
2/233 Connection parts
SITRANS P transmitters
2/146 Transmitters for hydrostatic level

2/146 MPS series (submersible sensor)
You can download all instructions, cata-

logs and certificates for SITRANS P free
of charge at the following Internet
address:
www.siemens.com/sitransp
Siemens FI 01 · 2009
SITRANS P measuring instruments for pressure
Product overview
■ Overview
Application Description Page Software for
Parameterization
SITRANS P – measuring instruments for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pressure, flow and level
2 Two- or three-wire transmitters

for measuring gage and abso-
SITRANS P, Z series
Compact single-range transmitters
2/4 –
lute pressure
Analog electronics
Available ex stock
Two- or three-wire transmitters SITRANS P250 2/12 –

for measuring differential pres- Compact single-range transmitters
sure
Analog electronics
Available ex stock
Two- or three-wire transmitters SITRANS P, ZD series 2/17 –

for measuring gage and abso- Range adjustment: 5 : 1
lute pressure
Digital display
Available ex stock
Transmitters for gage and abso- SITRANS P Compact 2/21 –

lute pressure for food, phar- Single-range transmitters in 2-wire system
maceuticals and biotechnology
Hygiene-based design with various aseptic connec-
tions according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP recom-
mendations.
Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P300 2/28 SIMATIC PDM

measuring gage and absolute • Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, FDA
pressure and GMP
• Parameterization over 3 buttons or communication
over HART, PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
• Standard process connection G½, ½-NPT and
flush-mounted process connections available
• Measuring range adjustment 100 : 1
Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P300 and DS III series with PMC con- 2/47 SIMATIC PDM
measuring gage pressure nection for the paper industry
• Measuring range adjustment 100 : 1
• Process connections for the paper industry
• Parameter assignment over 3 buttons and HART,
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P, DS III series 2/63 SIMATIC PDM

measuring: SITRANS P, DS III PA series SIMATIC PDM
• Gage pressure, SITRANS P, DS III FF series
• Absolute pressure Range adjustment: 100 : 1
• Differential pressure and Parameterization using:
• Flow or • 3 keys and HART for DS III series
• Level • 3 keys and PROFIBUS-PA for DS III PA series
• 3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for DS III FF
series
• Available ex stock
Supplementary electronics for Output: 0 or 4 to 20 mA 2/134 –
adaptatioSiemens FI 01 · 2009n Power supply: 24 V AC/DC, 230 V AC
of two-wire transmitters for four-
wire connections
2/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Product overview
Application Description Page Software for

Parameterization
2-wire transmitter for measuing SITRANS P, MPS series (submersible sensor) 2/146 –
hydrostatic levels For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
2
Remote seals for measuring Remote seals in sandwich and flange designs 2/150 –
viscous, corrosive or fibrous Quick-release remote seals for the food industry
media (as well as media at
extreme temperatures) Wide range of diaphragm materials and filling
liquids available
Shutting off the lines for the Shut-off fittings and valve manifolds available in 2/190 –
medium and differential pres- steel, brass or stainless steel
sure Valve manifolds available for the various process
Mounting of transmitter on valve connections of the SITRANS P transmitters
manifold or shut-off fitting
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/3

Z series for gage pressure
■ Siemens FI 01 · 2009Overview ■ Design

The main components of the pressure transmitter are:
• Brass housing with silicon measuring cell and electronics
plate
2 • Process connection
• Electrical connection
The silicon measuring cell has a thin-film strain gage which is
mounted on a ceramic diaphragm. The ceramic diaphragm can
also be used for aggressive media.
The process connection to DIN EN 837-1 is made of brass and
has a male thread G½B or a female thread G1/8B.
The electrical connection is made using a plug to DIN 43650
with a M16x1.5 cable inlet.
■ Function
The pressure transmitters of the Z series for gage pressure
measure the pressure of aggressive and non-aggressive gases,
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for gage pressure liquids and vapors.
(7MF1562-...)
The measuring cell is temperature-compensated.
The SITRANS P pressure transmitter, Z series (7MF1562-...),
measures the gage pressure of aggressive and non-aggressive Mode of operation
gases, liquids and vapors.
■ Benefits U
const.
• High measuring accuracy
• Sturdy brass housing U I0, UB
p I
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapor
• Temperature-compensated measuring cell
• Compact design
■ Application
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1562-...), functional dia-
gram
The pressure transmitter of the Z series for gage pressure The thin-film measuring cell has a thin-film resistance bridge at
(7MF1562-...) is used above all in the following industrial areas: which the operating pressure p is transmitted through a ceramic
• Power engineering diaphragm.
• Mechanical engineering The measuring cell output voltage is fed to an amplifier and con-
verted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA. The output current
• Shipbuilding
is linearly proportional to the input pressure.
• Water supply etc.
A concrete application example is the measurement of com-
pressed air containing oil in compressors or compressor stati-
ons.
2/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Z series for gage pressure
■ Technical specifications Design

Weight ≈ 0.2 kg (≈ 0.44 lb)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter, Z series for gage pressure
Wetted parts materials
Mode of operation
• Measuring cell Al2O3 - 96%
Measuring principle Thin-film strain gage
Input
• Process connection
• Gasket
Brass, mat. No. 2.0402
Viton
2
Measured variable Realtive pressure
Process connection Male thread G½B
Measured range 0 to 16 bar g (0 to 232 psi g) or female thread G1/8B
0 to 25 bar g (0 to 363 psi g)
Power supply
Output
Terminal voltage on pressure trans-
Current output signal 4 ... 20 mA mitter
Measuring accuracy To EN 60770-1 • For current output 10 to 36 V DC
Error in measurement (at 25 °C 0.5% of full-scale value-typical Certificate and approvals
(77 °F), including conformity error,
hysteresis and repeatability) Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and
equipment directive liquids of fluid 1; complies with
Response time T99 < 0.1 s (DRGL 97/23/EC) requirements of article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering
Long-term drift practice)
• Start of scale 0.3% of full-scale value/year -
typical
• Measured span 0.3% of full-scale value/year -
typical ■ Dimensional drawings
Influence of ambient temperature
• Start of scale 0.3%/10 K (0.3%/10 K) of full-

scale value - typical
• Measured span 0.3%/10 K (0.3%/10 K) of full-
GLDP
scale value - typical
ෘ
Rated conditions

Medium conditions
G / 8 B
*%
• Process temperature -30 ... +120 °C (-22 ... +248 °F)

6: 0[
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65
Ambient conditions
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1562-...), dimensions in
• Ambient temperature -25 ... 85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) mm (inch)
■ Schematics
• Storage temperature -50 ... 100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F)
I0 Output current
1+ + UB Power supply
I0 UB
2- RL Load
Signal RL Connections:
1 (+UB)
2 (-UB)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1562-...), connection dia-

gram
■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for pressure D) 7 M F 1 5 6 2 - 7 7 7 0 0 777
2-wire system, characteristic rising
Measured range Max. working pressure
0 ... 16 bar g (0 ... 232 psi g) 32 bar g (464 psi g) 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar g (0 ... 363 psi g) 64 bar g (928 psi g) 3 CD
Other version for measuring range ≥ 1 bar g (≥ 14.5 psi g), add Order code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
Measuring range: ... to ... bar g (psi g)
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/5

Transmitters for gage and absolute pressure
Z series for gage and absolute pressure
Measuring range ≥1 bar (≥14.5 psi)
■ Overview
Main components:
• Stainless steel housing with ceramic measuring cell and elec-
tronics module. The temperature-compensated ceramic
measuring cell has a thin-film strain gage which is mounted on
2 a ceramic diaphragm. The ceramic diaphragm can also be
used for aggressive media.
• Process connection made of stainless steel in diverse designs
(see Selection and Ordering data)
• Electrical connection made using a plug to DIN 43650 with the
cable inlet M16 x 1.5, ½-14 NPT or round plug connector M12.
The pressure transmitters with a nominal range ≥ 1 bar g
(≥ 14.5 psi g) are optionally available with or without explosion
protection.
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gage and absolute pres-
sure as well as the level of liquids and gases.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for pressure and absolute Mode of operation
pressure (7MF1564-...)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1564-...),
measure the gage and absolute pressure as well as the level of U
const.
liquids and gases.
U
■ Benefits p I
I0, UB

• Sturdy stainless steel housing
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapor
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1564-...), functional dia-
• Temperature-compensated measuring cell gram
• Compact design
The mode of operation of the pressure transmitter is dependent
on the measuring range.
■ Application Measuring range <1 bar (<14.5 psi)
The pressure transmitter of the Z series for gage pressure and
absolute pressure (7MF1564-...) is used above all in the follo- The silicon measuring cell of the pressure transmitter has a
wing industrial areas: piezo-resistive bridge to which the operating pressure is trans-
mitted through silicone oil and a stainless steel diaphragm.
• Chemical industry
The measuring cell output voltage is fed to an amplifier and con-
• Pharmaceutical industry
verted into an output current 4 ... 20 mA. The output current is li-
• Food industry nearly proportional to the input pressure
• Mechanical engineering Measuring range ≥1 bar (≥14.5 psi)
• Shipbuilding
The thin-film measuring cell has a thin-film resistance bridge to
• Water supply which the operating pressure p is transmitted through a ceramic
diaphragm.
■ Design The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
The design of the pressure transmitter is dependent on the amplifier into an output current 4 ... 20 mA or an output voltage
measuring range. of 0 ... 10 V DC.
Measuring range <1 bar (<14.5 psi) The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
put pressure
Main components:
• Stainless steel housing with piezo-resistive silicon measuring
cell (with stainless steel diaphragm, temperature-compensa-
ted) and electronics module
• Process connection made of stainless steel in diverse designs
(see Selection and Ordering data)
• Electrical connection made using a plug to DIN 43650 with the
cable inlet M16 x 1.5, ½-14 NPT or round plug connector M12.
The pressure transmitters with a nominal range < 1 bar g
(< 14.5 psi g) are optionally available with or without explosion
protection.
2/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

■ Technical specifications Power supply UH

Terminal voltage on pressure trans-
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series for gage pressure, abso- mitter
lute pressure and level
• For current output 10 ... 36 V DC
Mode of operation
2
• For voltage output signal (only 15 ... 36 V DC
• Measuring range <1 bar Piezo-resistive measuring range ≥ 1 bar
(<14.5 psi) (14.5 psi))
• Measuring range ≥1 bar Thin-film strain gage Certificate and approvals
(≥14.5 psi)
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and
Input equipment directive liquids of fluid 1; complies with
Measured variable Gage and absolute pressure (DRGL 97/23/EC) requirements of article 3, para-
Measured range practice)
• Pressure Explosion protection
- Metric 0 ... 400 bar g (0 ... 5802 psi g) • Intrinsic safety "i" (only with current TÜV 02 ATEX 1953X
- US measuring range 0 ... 6000 psi g output)
• Absolute pressure - Identification Ex II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4
- Metric 0 ... 16 bar a (0 ... 232 psi a) • Intrinsic safety "T.I.I.S." (only with applied
current output)
- US measuring range 0 ... 300 psi a
Lloyds Register of Shipping Certificate No. 03/30003
Output
Output signal
• Current output signal 4 ... 20 mA
■ Dimensional drawings
• Voltage output signal (only measu- 0 ... 10 V DC
ring range ≥ 1 bar (14.5 psi))

ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ
Accuracy To EN 60770-1
ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ
Error in measurement (at 25 °C 0.25% of full-scale value – typical
(77 °F), including conformity error,
hysteresis and repeatability)
GLDP
*%
Response time T99 < 0.1 s

Long-term drift

• Start of scale 0.25% of full scale value/year
• Full-scale value 0.25% of full scale value/year 6:
/HQJWK RQ YHUVLRQ IRU YROWDJH
• Start of scale 0.25%/10 K (0.25%/10 K) of full- RXWSXW9 0[
scale value ,QQHU GLDPHWHU RGHU
137
• Full-scale value 0.25%/10 K (0.25%/10 K) of full-
scale value Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection G½" male,
Rated operating conditions dimensions in mm (inch)
Process temperature -30 ... +120 °C

(-22 … +248 °F)
ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ
Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 … +185 °F) ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ
Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C

GLDP
(-58 … +212 °F)

*~%

Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65

Design

Weight ≈ 0.25 kg (≈ 0.55 lb)

6:
• Measuring cell /HQJWK RQ YHUVLRQ IRU YROWDJH
RXWSXW9 0[
- Measuring range <1 bar Stainless steel, 1.4571/316Ti ,QQHU GLDPHWHU RGHU
(<14.5 psi) 137
- Measuring range ≥1 bar Al2O3 – 96%
(≥14.5 psi) Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection G¼" male,
dimensions in mm (inch)
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316Ti
• Gasket Viton
Process connection See Selection and Ordering data
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/7

ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ

81)
ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ

GLDP
137
2
GLDP

6: 6:
0[ /HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH 0[
/HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH RU
RXWSXW9 137 RXWSXW9 RU
137
Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection 7/16-20 UNF Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ½"-14 NPT
male, dimensions in mm (inch) male, dimensions in mm (inch)
ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ
13
ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ

ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ
GLDP

137

GLDP

6: 0[
/HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH
RU
RXWSXW9 137
6:
0[
/HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH RU
RXWSXW9 137
Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ¼"-18 NPT Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ½"-14 NPT
male, dimensions in mm (inch) female, dimensions in mm (inch)
ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ ■ Schematics

ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ

I0 Output current
1+ UB Power supply
GLDP
+
I0 UB RL Load
2-

*
Signal RL Connections:

1 (+UB)

2 (-UB)
6:
U0 Output voltage
/HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH 0[
RU 1+ UB Power supply
RXWSXW9 +
137 UB RL Load
3+
Signal U0 RL Connections:
Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection ¼"-18 NPT 2- 1 (+UB)
female, dimensions in mm (inch) 2 (-UB)
3 (U0)
ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ
ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1564-...), connection
diagram, with current output (top) and voltage output (bottom)

GLDP

*

6:
/HQJWKRQYHUVLRQIRUYROWDJH 0[
RXWSXW9 RU
137
Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection G1“ male,

2/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2009


SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, series Z for gage and absolute pressure D) 7 MF 1 5 6 4 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 1 777
2 or 3-wire system, rising characteristic curve
Measuring range perm. working pressure Burst pressure
For gage pressure

Min. Max.
2
with metal measuring cell
0 ... 100 mbar g (0 ... 1.45 psi g) -0,6 bar g (-8.7 psi g) 0,6 bar g (8.7 psi g) 1 bar g (14.5 psi g) } 3 AA 0
0 ... 160 mbar g (0 ... 2.32 psi g) -0,6 bar g (-8.7 psi g) 0,6 bar g (8.7 psi g) 1 bar g (14.5 psi g) } 3 AB 0
0 ... 250 mbar g (0 ... 3.63 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 1 bar g (14.5 psi g) 1.7 bar g (25 psi g) } 3 AC 0
0 ... 400 mbar g (0 ... 5.80 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 1 bar g (14.5 psi g) 1.7 bar g (25 psi g) } 3 AD 0
0 ... 600 mbar g (0 ... 8.70 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 3 bar g (43.5 psi g) 5 bar g (72 psi g) } 3 AG 0
Other version for measuring range < 1 bar (< 14.5 psi g), add Order code and plain text: 9 AC 0 H1Y
measuring range: ... up to ... mbar g (psi g)1)
with ceramic measuring cell
0 ... 1 bar g (0 ... 14.5 psi g) -0,4 bar g (-5.8 psi g) 2 bar g (30 psi g) 5 bar g (72 psi g) } 3 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar g (0 ... 23.2 psi g) -0,4 bar g (-5.8 psi g) 3,2 bar g (45 psi g) 5 bar g (72 psi g) } 3 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar g (0 ... 36.3 psi g) -0,8 bar g (-11.6 psi g) 5 bar g (72 psi g) 12 bar g (175 psi g) } 3 BD
0 ... 4 bar g (0 ... 58.0 psi g) -0,8 bar g (-11.6 psi g) 8 bar g (115 psi g) 12 bar g (175 psi g) } 3BE
0 ... 6 bar g (0 ... 87.0 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 12 bar g (175 psi g) 25 bar g (360 psi g) } 3 BG
0 ... 10 bar g (0 ... 145 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 20 bar g (290 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g) } 3 CA
0 ... 16 bar g (0 ... 232 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 32 bar g (460 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g) } 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar g (0 ... 363 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 50 bar g (725 psi g) 120 bar g (1750 psi g) } 3 CD
0 ... 40 bar g (0 ... 580 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 80 bar g (1150 psi g) 120 bar g (1750 psi g) } 3CE
0 ... 60 bar g (0 ... 870 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 120 bar g (1750 psi g) 250 bar g (3600 psi g) } 3 CG
0 ... 100 bar g (0 ... 1450 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 200 bar g (2900 psi g) 450 bar g (6525 psi g) } 3 DA
0 ... 160 bar g (0 ... 2320 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 320 bar g (4640 psi g) 450 bar g (6525 psi g) } 3 DB
0 ... 250 bar g (0 ... 3626 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 500 bar g (7250 psi g) 650 bar g (9425 psi g) } 3 DD
0 ... 400 bar g (0 ... 5802 psi g) -1 bar g (-14.5 psi g) 600 bar g (8700 psi g) 650 bar g (9425 psi g) } 3DE
Other version for measuring range ≥ 1 bar g (≥ 14.5 psi g), add Order code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi g)1)
For absolute pressure
0 ... 600 mbar a (0 ... 8.7 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 3 bar a (43.5 psi a) 5 bar a (72 psi a) } J) 5 AG 0
0 ... 1 bar a (0 ... 14.5 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 2 bar a (30 psi a) 5 bar a (72 psi a) } J) 5 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 23.2 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 3,2 bar a (45 psi a) 5 bar a (72 psi a) } J) 5 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar a (0 ... 36.3 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 5 bar a (72 psi a) 12 bar a (175 psi a) } J) 5 BD
0 ... 4 bar a (0 ... 58.0 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 8 bar a (115 psi a) 12 bar a (175 psi a) } J) 5BE
0 ... 6 bar a (0 ... 87.0 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 12 bar a (175 psi a) 25 bar a (360 psi a) } J) 5 BG
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psi) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 20 bar a (290 psi a) 50 bar a (725 psi a) } J) 5 CA
0 ... 16 bar a (0 ... 232 psi) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 32 bar a (460 psi a) 50 bar a (725 psi a) } J) 5 CB
Other version for measuring range < 1 bar (< 14.5 psi a), add Order code and plain text: J) 9 AB 0 H1Y
measuring range: ... up to ... mbar a (psi a)
} Available ex stock D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
J) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: EAR99.
1)
The transmitters can also be ordered with special measuring ranges, e.g. the transmitter with the 1 bar measuring cell (14.5 psi measuring cell):
-0.2 ... +0.8 bar g (-2.9 ... +11.6 psi g) or
-0.4 ... +0.6 bar g (-5.8 ... +8.7 psi g) or ..., however start-of-scale value not under -0.4 bar g (-5.8 psi g), also see column "min. perm. operating pressure"
Please note:
• It is not possible to have a smaller span than the smallest span of the device of the entire device range.
• The value must not fall below the minimum permissible operating pressure of the special measuring range of the selected
measuring cell.
• The required span of the device must lie between the smallest and the largest possible span of the entire device range
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/9


SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, series Z for pressure and absolute pressure D) 7 MF 1 5 6 4 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 1 777
Measuring range Perm. working pressure Burst pressure
2 min.
Measuring ranges for gage pressure (only for US market)
max.
(0 ... 10 psi g) (-3 psi g) (20 psi g) (60 psi g) 4 BA

(0 ... 15 psi g) (-6 psi g) (30 psi g) (72 psi g) 4 BB
(3 ... 15 psi g) (-6 psi g) (30 psi g) (72 psi g) 4 BC
(0 ... 20 psi g) (-6 psi g) (40 psi g) (72 psi g) 4 BD
(0 ... 30 psi g) (-6 psi g) (60 psi g) (72 psi g) 4BE
(0 ... 60 psi g) (-11.5 psi g) (120 psi g) (175 psi g) 4BF
(0 ... 100 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (200 psi g) (360 psi g) 4 BG
(0 ... 150 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (300 psi g) (725 psi g) 4 CA
(0 ... 200 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (400 psi g) (725 psi g) 4 CB
(0 ... 300 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (600 psi g) (1750 psi g) 4 CD
(0 ... 500 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (1000 psi g) (1750 psi g) 4CE
(0 ... 750 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (1500 psi g) (3600 psi g) 4CF
(0 ... 1000 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (2000 psi g) (3600 psi g) 4 CG
(0 ... 1500 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (3000 psi g) (6525 psi g) 4 DA
(0 ... 2000 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (4000 psi g) (6525 psi g) 4 DB
(0 ... 3000 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (6000 psi g) (9425 psi g) 4 DD
(0 ... 5000 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (8700 psi g) (9425 psi g) 4DE
(0 ... 6000 psi g) (-14.5 psi g) (8700 psi g) (9425 psi g) 4DF
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi g 9 BA H1Y
Measuring ranges for absolute pressure (only for US market)
(0 ... 10 psi a) (0 psi a) (20 psi a) (60 psi a) J) 6 AG
(0 ... 15 psi a) (0 psi a) (30 psi a) (72 psi a) J) 6 BA
(0 ... 20 psi a) (0 psi a) (40 psi a) (72 psi a) J) 6 BB
(0 ... 30 psi a) (0 psi a) (60 psi a) (72 psi a) J) 6 BD
(0 ... 60 psi a) (0 psi a) (120 psi a) (175 psi a) J) 6BE
(0 ... 100 psi a) (0 psi a) (200 psi a) (360 psi a) J) 6 BG
(0 ... 150 psi a) (0 psi a) (300 psi a) (725 psi a) J) 6 CA
(0 ... 200 psi a) (0 psi a) (400 psi a) (725 psi a) J) 6 CB
(0 ... 300 psi a) (0 psi a) (600 psi a) (1725 psi a) J) 6 CC
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi a J) 9 BB H1Y
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA;C 2-wire system; power supply 10 ... 36 V DC } 0
0 ... 10 V; 3-wire system; power supply 15 ... 36 V DC 10
Explosion protection
Without } 0
With explosion protection Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia IIC T4 (only for version 4 ... 20 mA; 2-wire system; 1
power supply 10 ... 30 V DC)
With explosion protection "Intrinsic safety T.I.I.S." (available soon) 2
Electrical connection
Plug to DIN 43650, Form A, cable inlet M16 x 1.5 } 1
Round connector M12, IP67 2
Plug to DIN 43650, cable inlet ½-14 NPT 3
Plug to DIN 43650, cable inlet Pg11 4
Cable gland Pg11 with 2 m PE cable, IP68 6
Special version (specify Order code and plain text) 9 N1Y
J) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: EAR99.
2/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2009


SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, series Z for pressure and absolute pressure D) 7 MF 1 5 6 4 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 1 777
Process connection
G½" male to EN 837-1 (½" BSP male) (standard for metric pressure ranges mbar, bar)
G½" male thread and G1/8" female thread
} A
B 2
G¼“ male to EN837-1 (¼“ BSP male) C
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges psi) E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female H
RC ½" male to JIS B 7505 K
G1" male (only for measuring ranges ≥ 1 bar g (14.5 psi g)) and max. permissible working pressure M
100 bar g (1450 psi g)
Special version (specify Order code and plain text) Z P1Y
Sealing material between sensor and housing
Viton (standard) } A
Neoprene B
Perbunan C
Special version (specify Order code and plain text) Z Q1Y
Further designs Order code / Order No.
Quality inspection certificate (Factory calibration) to IEC 60770-2, C11
add "-Z" to Order No. and Order code.
Oxygen version, oil and grease-free cleaning (only if the sealing material between sensor and housing is E10
Viton and only for measuring ranges ≥ 1 bar g (≥ 14.5 psi g)
and ≥ 1 bar a (≥ 14.5 psi a)
Accessories Order No.
Quality inspection certificate (Factory calibration) to IEC 60770-2 supplied later, D) 7MF1564-8CC11
specify factory no. of transmitter.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/11

■ Overview Mode of operation
p1 p2
U
const.
2 U
I0, UB
I
SITRANS P250 pressure transmitter, function diagram

The piezo-resistive ceramic measuring cell (membrane) has a
Wheatstone bridge circuit, on which the operating pressure P1
and P2 of the media acts at both ends.
The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
of 0 to 5 or 10 V DC.
SITRANS P250 transmitter for differential pressure The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
put pressure.
The SITRANS P250 transmitter measures the differential pres-
sure of liquids and gases.
■ Technische Daten
■ Benefits SITRANS P250 differential pressure transmitter
• High measuring accuracy Application
• Sturdy stainless steel enclosure Differential pressure transmitter Liquids and neutral gases
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media Mode of operation
• For the measurement of the differential pressure of liquids and Measuring principle Piezo-resistive measuring cell
gases (ceramic diaphragm)
• Temperature-compensated measuring cell Input
• Compact design Measured variable Differential pressure
■ Application Measuring range 0 ... 0.1 to 0 ... 25 bar

(0 ... 1.45 to 0 ... 363 psi)
The SITRANS P250 transmitter for differential pressure is prima- Operating pressure ≤ 25 bar (363 psi) at a differential
rily used in the following industries: pressure range < 6 bar (87 psi)
• Chemical industry ≤ 50 bar (725 psi) at a differential
pressure range > 10 bar (145 psi)
• Pharmaceutical industry
Burst pressure 1.5 x operating pressure
• Food industry
Output
• Mechanical engineering
Output signal
• Shipbuilding
• Current output signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Water supply
• Voltage output signal 0 ... 5 V and 0 ... 10 V DC
■ Design Load
Main components: 3-wire > 10 kΩ

• Stainless steel enclosure with piezo-resistive ceramic measur- 2-wire ≤ (UH - 11 V) / 0.02 A
ing cell and (temperature-compensated) electronics module. Measuring accuracy
• Process connection made of stainless steel in diverse designs Dynamic behavior (at 25°C (77°F), ≤ 1 % of typical full-scale value,
(see Selection and ordering data) including conformity error, hystere- see "Measuring range" table
• Electrical connection through connectors acc. to EN 175301- sis and repeatability)
803-A and round connectors M12, as well as with permanently Long-term drift acc. to IEC 60770 ≤ 0.5 % of full-scale value/year
fixed cable
■ Function • Start of scale ≤ 0.6 %/10K of full-scale value

(≤ 1.2 % / 10K for measuring cell
The pressure transmitter measures the differential pressure of 0 ... 0.1 bar (1.45 psi))
liquids and gases. • Full-scale value ≤ 0.22 %/10K of full-scale value
(≤ 0.37 % / 10K for measuring cell
0 ... 0.1 bar (1.45 psi))
Dynamic behavior Suitable for static and dynamic
measurements
Response time T99 < 5 ms
Load variation < 50 Hz
2/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Conditions of use Measuring range Max. per- Burst Max. per- Accuracy
Ambient conditions missible pressure missible
operating operating
• Temperature of medium - 15 ...+ 85 °C (5 ... 185 °F) pressure pressure
(on either (on one
• Ambient temperature - 15 ...+ 85 °C (5 ... 185 °F)
side) side)
• Storage temperature
Degree of protection acc. to
- 40 ...+ 85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
IP65
[bar] [psi] 2
0 ... 0,1 0 ... 1.45 25 bar 37,5 bar 0.6 bar ≤ 1,0 %
EN 60529
(363 psi) (544 psi) (8.7 psi)
Mounting position Any
0 ... 0,2 0 ... 2.9 25 bar 37,5 bar 0.6 bar ≤ 1,0 %
Mounting Mounting bracket, included in (363 psi) (544 psi) (8.7 psi)
delivery
0 ... 0,25 0 ... 3.63 25 bar 37,5 bar 0.6 bar ≤ 0,5 %
Design (363 psi) (544 psi) (8.7 psi)
Weight Approx. 430 g (approx. 0.95 lb) 0 ... 0,3 0 ... 4.35 25 bar 37,5 bar 0.6 bar ≤ 0,5 %
(363 psi) (544 psi) (8.7 psi)
Enclosure material Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303
0 ... 0,4 0 ... 5.8 25 bar 37,5 bar 1.2 bar ≤ 0,8 %
Electrical connection • Plug EN 175301-803-A (363 psi) (544 psi) (17.4 psi)
• Circular plug EN 60130-9
0 ... 0,5 0 ... 7.25 25 bar 37,5 bar 1.2 bar ≤ 0,5 %
• Cable 1.5 m (363 psi) (544 psi) (17.4 psi)
Process connection • Hose sleeve Ø 4 mm/6 mm 0 ... 0,6 0 ... 8.7 25 bar 37,5 bar 1.2 bar ≤ 0,5 %
• Pipe union Ø 6 mm/8 mm (363 psi) (544 psi) (17.4 psi)
• Male thread 7/16-20 UNF, G1/8 0 ... 1,0 0 ... 14.5 25 bar 37,5 bar 2 bar ≤ 0,5 %
• Female thread 1/8-27 NPT (363 psi) (544 psi) (29 psi)
• (Standard), G1/8 0 ... 1,6 0 ... 23.2 25 bar 37,5 bar 3.2 bar ≤ 0,5 %
(363 psi) (544 psi) (46.4 psi)
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303,
CuZn nickel-plated 0 ... 2,5 0 ... 36.3 25 bar 37,5 bar 5 bar ≤ 0,5 %
(363 psi) (544 psi) (72.5 psi)
• Process connection Approx. 430 g (approx. 0.95 lb)
0 ... 4 0 ... 58 25 bar 37,5 bar 8 bar ≤ 0,5 %
• Diaphragm Ceramic Al2O3 (96 %) (363 psi) (544 psi) (116 psi)
• Sealing material FPM (standard), EPDM, NBR, 0 ... 6 0 ... 87 25 bar 37,5 bar 12 bar ≤ 0,5 %
MVQ, CR (363 psi) (544 psi) (174 psi)
Power supply UH 0 ... 10 0 ... 145 50 bar 75 bar 20 bar ≤ 0,5 %
Terminal voltage on pressure trans- (725 psi) (1088 psi) (290 psi)
mitter 0 ... 16 0 ... 232 50 bar 75 bar 32 bar ≤ 0,5 %
• 2-wire, 4 ... 20 mA 11 ... 33 V DC (725 psi) (1088 psi) (464 psi)
• 3-wire, 0 ... 5 V DC 11 ... 33 V DC/ 0 ... 25 0 ... 363 50 bar 75 bar 50 bar ≤ 0,5 %
24 V AC ± 15 % (725 psi) (1088 psi) (725 psi)
■ Schematics
• 3-wire, 0 ... 10 V DC 18 ... 33 V DC/
24 V AC ± 15 %
Current consumption at nominal
pressure
Connection: 1 (+),
• 2-wire < 20 mA 1+ IO + 2 (-)
1
• 3-wire < 5 mA 2- UB
2 RL IO Output current
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit RL Load
and polarity reversal. Each con- UB Power supply
nection against the other with
max. supply voltage.
Certificates and approvals Connection with current output 4 ... 20 mA and plug to EN 175301-803-A
Approval CE conformity
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ IO + 3 (-)
3
2 RL UB IO Output current
1 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output 4 ... 20 mA and round connector
Connection: 1 (+, brown),

1+ IO + 2 (-, green)
2- UB IO Output current
RL
UB Power supply
RL Load
Connection with current output 4 ... 20 mA and permanently fixed cable
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/13

Connection: 1 (+UB), Round connector

1+ + 2 (-), EN 60130-9
1
3 2+ U RL UB 3 (+U0)
2 O
UO Output voltage
3-
RL Load
2 UB Power supply
Connection with voltage output 0 ... 5 V DC (0 ... 10 V DC) and plug to EN

175301-803-A
1 Connection: 1 (+UB, brown),

3 UO + 2 (+U0, green),
3 UB 3 (-, white)
2 2 RL
UO Output voltage
1
(mounted)
~158 (6.2)
UB Power supply
RL Load
~108(4.3)
Connection with voltage output 0 ... 5 V DC (0 ... 10 V DC) and round con-
nector
1+
Connection: 1 (+UB),
UO + 2 (-),
3+ UB
RL 3 (+U0)
2- Uo Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load SITRANS P250 differential pressure transmitter with round connector to
EN 60130-9, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection with voltage output 0 ... 5 V DC (0 ... 10 V DC) and perma-
nently fixed cable Kabel
■ Maßzeichnungen
Socket outlet
(0.98)
Ø 25
EN 175301-803-A
~138 (5.4)
~95 (3.7)
Stainless
~ 136 (5.4)
(mounted)
102 (4.02)
SITRANS P250 differential pressure transmitter with cable, dimensions in

P2 mm (inch)
15 ± 0,5 21 ± 0,8
P1
5 (0.2)
M4
44 (1.7) 20 (0.79)
X
SITRANS P250 differential pressure transmitter with socket outlet to EN

175301-803-A, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Process connections ∅ Width across L X

flats
[mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch]
Pipe union with screw-in nipple for outer pipe 6 a = 10 24 65
L (stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303)
2
b = 12
1/8-27 NPT
8 a = 12 26 67
b = 14
a b
Female thread G1/8 - a = 14 12 53

L (stainless steel 1.4305/AISI 303)
1/8-27 NPT
G1/8
Pipe union with screw-in nipple for outer pipe 6 a = 10 24 65

L (CuZn nickel-plated) b = 12
1/8-27 NPT
8 a = 12 25 66
b = 14
a b
Hose connection for hose (CuZn nickel-plated, 4 a = 10 20 61

stainless steel 1.4571/AISI 316TI)
L 6 a = 10 25 66
1/8-27 NPT
Male thread G1/8 - a = 10 20 61

L (CuZn nickel-plated) b = 12
1/8-27 NPT
a b
Male thread G1/8 - a = 14 18 59

L 7/16-20 UNF (CuZn nickel-plated)
7/16-20 UNF
1/8-27 NPT
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/15

■ Selection and ordering data Order No. Order code

SITRANS P 250 pressure transmitter for differential pressure 7 M F 1 6 4 1 - 7777 0 - 777 0 777
Accuracy ≤ 1 %, wetted parts ceramic/stainless steel 1.4301,
scope of delivery: transmitter, mounting bracket and instruction manual, without explosion protection
Measuring range
2 0 ... 0.1 bar
0 ... 0.2 bar
(0 ... 1.45 psi)
(0 ... 2.90 psi)
}
}
3 AA
3 AC
0 ... 0.25 bar (0 ... 3.63 psi) } 3 AD
0 ... 0.3 bar (0 ... 5.35 ps) } 3AE
0 ... 0.4 bar (0 ... 5.80 psi) } 3AF
0 ... 0.5 bar (0 ... 7.25 psi) } 3 AG
0 ... 0.6 bar (0 ... 8.70 psi) } 3 AH
0 ... 1.0 bar (0 ... 14.5 psi) } 3 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23.2 psi) } 3 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar (0 ... 36.3 psi) } 3 BD
0 ... 4.0 bar (0 ... 58.0psi) } 3BE
0 ... 6.0 bar (0 ... 87.0 psi) } 3 BG
0 ... 10.0 bar (0 ... 145 psi) } 3 CA
0 ... 16.0 bar (0 ... 232 psi) } 3 CB
0 ... 25.0 bar (0 ... 363 psi) } 3 CD
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA } 0
0 ... 5 V DC 1
0 ... 10 V DC 2
• Plug acc. to EN 175 301-803-A (suitable coupling included in scope of delivery) } 1
• Round connector acc. to EN 60139-9 2
• Cable 1.5 m with cable gland 3
Process connection
• Without connections, female thread 1/8-27 NPT } A
• Hose connection
- CuZn nickel-plated, for hose ∅ 4 mm B
- CuZn nickel-plated, for hose ∅ 6 mm C
- PVDF, for hose ∅ 6 mm D
• Pipe union
- CuZn nickel-plated, for pipe ∅ 6 mm E
- Stainless steel 1.4304, for pipe ∅ 6 mm F
- CuZn nickel-plated, for pipe ∅ 8 mm G
- Stainless steel 1.4304, for pipe ∅ 8 mm H
• Male thread, 7/16-20 UNF (CuZn nickel-plated) L
• Adapter
- Inner, G1/8 (stainless steel), for pipe ∅ 6 mm M
- Outer, with union nut, for pipe ∅ 6 mm N
sealing material
• Fluoro rubber (Viton/FPM) } A
• Ethylene propylene diene monomer rubber (EPDM) B
• Nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) C
• Silicone rubber (MVQ) D
• Neoprene (CR) E
Weitere Ausführungen Kurzangabe
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code(s).
Quality inspection certificate (Factory calibration) to IEC 60770-2 supplied C11
} Available ex stock
2/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

ZD series for gage and absolute pressure
■ Overview At the rear of the housing is the electrical connection for the vol-
tage supply using a current loop 4 ... 20 mA. The connection is
made with a plug connector.
At the front of the housing is the 5-digit display behind a glass
cover. Underneath the display are the 3 keys for parameterizing
the pressure transmitter. Above the display are a green and a red
LED for indicating the operating status. 2
The ZD pressure transmitter is available in two versions (see "Di-
mension drawing"):
In the radial version (type A) the display is fitted in parallel with
the process connection. The display can be rotated by up to
±120° relative to the process connection.
In the axial version (type B) the display is at right angles to the
process connection. The display can be rotated by 360° relative
to the process connection.
■ Function
Green LED Red LED
U ref LCD
600.00
P µC mbar
A/D
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, are for measuring

the gage pressure, absolute pressure and level of liquids and 3 keys
EEP RO M
gases. UK
EMC +
They are used to indicate and monitor the pressure measured at D/A UA U I 4 ... 20 mA UH, IA
the point of installation. ZD pressure transmitters are available in -
an axial and a radial version.
3 keys Configuring of parameters
■ Benefits A/D
D/A
EEPROM
Analog-to-digital converter
Digital-to-analog converter
Memory for all parameters
• Robust stainless steel housing with 2 connection versions EMC Output stage with protective components
IA Output current
• Integrated display with status messages Uref Reference voltage
LCD Display of measured values with dimensions
• Thin-film measuring cell with ceramic diaphragm Green LED Display of normal mode
Red LED Display of error messages or limit violation
• 2-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA P Ceramic measuring cell
UH Power supply
• Parameterizable using keys underneath the housing cover µC Microcontroller for computing functions and monitoring
• Range adjustment 1:5 (max. 1:10)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, mode of operation
• Measuring accuracy < 0.25% (typical)
Mode of operation
■ Application The ZD pressure transmitter has a thin-film strain gage which is
mounted on a ceramic diaphragm.
The ZD is a configurable pressure transmitter for measuring the
gage and absolute pressure of gases, liquids and vapor. The measuring cell is temperature-compensated.
It is equipped with a display for indicating the pressure value at Functions
the point of installation.
The ZD pressure transmitter has a 5-digit display behind a glass
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, are used in the fol- cover. The following data are shown on the display:
lowing industrial areas for example:
• Measured pressure
• Chemical industry
• Technical pressure dimension (default setting: bar)
• Mechanical engineering
• Limit violation in upward or downward direction, indicated by
• Food industry LED and arrow symbols in the display
• Pharmaceutical industry The pressure transmitter is set using the 3 input keys behind the
• Shipbuilding glass cover underneath the display.
• Water supply The key "M" is used to select the operating mode. Following mo-
des of operation are available:
■ Design • Measured value
The pressure transmitter is comprised of a thin-film measuring • Password
cell with a ceramic diaphragm, an electronics board and a digi- • Dimension
tal indicator.
• Start and end of scale
All parts are accommodated in a stainless steel field housing • Upper and lower limit value
(∅ 80 mm) with a glass cover and stainless steel process con-
nection. • Zero adjustment
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/17

• Upper and lower current saturation limit Rated conditions
• Electrical damping Ambient conditions
The other two keys are used to set the values in the individual • Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
operating modes.
• Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
2
Two LED indicators are fitted above the display to monitor the set Medium conditions
range and the status.
• Process temperature -30 ... +100 °C (-22 ... +212 °F)
The green LED signals that the measured pressure lies within the
set limits. The red LED lights up when the measured pressure Degree of protection IP65 to EN 60529
lies outside the set limits and when there is an error. Electromagnetic compatibility
• Emitted interference and interfe- To EN 61326/A1 appendix A
■ Technical specifications rence immunity (1998)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series Displays and controls
Mode of operation Display LCD, max. 5 digits, digit height
9 mm
Measuring principle Thin-film strain gage
Decimal point Freely parameterizable
Input
Limit values Freely parameterizable
Measured variable Gage and absolute pressure
Limit violation display Red LED and message on LCD
Measured range Resolution (↑ symbol /↓ symbol in case of
0 ... 2 bar (0 ... 29 psi) 0.6 mbar (0.008 psi) limit violation in upward / down-
ward direction)
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) 3 mbar (0.044 psi)
Parameterization With 3 keys
0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi) 15 mbar (0.218 psi)
Units mA or % or physical variable
0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi) 60 mbar (0.9 psi) (default setting: bar)
0 ... 400 bar (0 ... 5800 psi) 120 mbar (1.8 psi) Other dimensions: mbar, kPa,
MPa, mmH20, mH20, psi, inH20,
Measured range Overload limit mmHg, kg/cm², torr, atm
0 ... 2 bar (0 ... 29 psi) 5 bar (72.5 psi) Damping Between 0.1 and 100 s
(increment: 0.1 s) freely parame-
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) 25 bar (363 psi) terizable
0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi) 120 bar (1740 psi) Design
0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi) 500 bar (7250 psi) Weight ≈0.6 kg (≈1.32 lb)
0 ... 400 bar (0 ... 5800 psi) 600 bar (8700 psi) Electrical connection Using 2-pole plug connector with
Range adjustment (turndown) 5:1 M16x1.5-Cable inlet to
EN 175301-803A, plastic
Output
Process connection • Male thread G½B and female
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA thread G1/8B
Lower current limit min. 3.6 mA • G½B to EN 837-1
Upper current limit max. 23 mA • Female thread: ½-14 NPT
Output protected against Reversed polarity, overvoltage Version of housing/process connec- • Radial (type A), can be swiveled
and short-circuiting tion by max. ±120° (α)
Max. load R B = (UH - 12 V) / 0.023 A • Axial (type B), can be swiveled

by max. ±360°
Voltage measurement Linear rising
Material
Measuring accuracy To EN 60770-1
Non-wetted parts materials
Error in measurement (including < 0.25% of full-scale value (typi-
non-linearity, hysteresis and repea- cal), max. 0.5% • Field housing Ø 80 mm (3.15 inch), stainless
tability, at 25 °C (77 °F)) steel mat. No. 1.4016
Adjustment time < 100 ms • Cover Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4016
with glass
Long-term drift 0.25% of full scale value/year
Influence of ambient temperature < ±0.25%/10 K (< ±0.25%/10 K)
of full-scale value • Measuring cell Al2O3
Vibration influence 0.05%/g to 500 Hz in all directions • Gasket Viton

(to IEC 68-2-64) • Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No.
Power supply effect < ±0.01%/V of full-scale value 1.4571/316Ti
Power supply
Terminal voltage on pressure trans- 12 ... 30 V DC
mitter (UH)
Certificate and approvals
equipment directive 97/23/EC liquids of fluid 1; complies with
requirements of article 3, para-
practice)
2/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Ø 82 (3.23)
Ø 82 (3.23)
45 (1.77) 48,5 (1.91)
2
48,5 (1.91)
s
Ø 82 (3.23)
45 (1.77)
M16x1,5
M or
½-NPT M16x1,5
152 (5.98)
or
½-NPT
SW 27
a
G½B
½-14 NPT G½B G1/8B
EN 837-1
Type A Type B
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
■ Schematics
1 (+)
1 I0 +
UB
2 (-) RL
2
UB Power supply
RL Load
I0 Output current
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD series, connection diagram
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/19

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Order Code
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, ZD 7M F 1 5 8 0 - Further designs
series for gage and absolute pressure
Please add "Z" to Order No. and specify Order
Conformity error 0.25%, range adjustment 7777 0 777 code(s) and plain text.
1 : 5 (max. 1 : 10), housing and process
2 connection made of stainless steel,
membrane made of ceramic, 2-wire system,
Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali-
bration) to IEC 60770-2 supplied
C1 1
output 4 ... 20 mA Factory certificate C1 4

Input variable to EN 10204-2.2 supplied
Gage pressure } 1 Oxygen application, oil and grease-free E1 0
cleaned
Absolute pressure } 2
F) (only in conjunction with the sealing material
Viton between sensor and enclosure and only
Measured range Span in conjunction with measuring ranges >= 1
0 ... 2 bar 0 ... 0.4 / 2 bar } D bar g and 1 bar abs)
(0 ... 29 psi) (0 ... 5.8 / 29 psi)
Sealing material FEP between sensor and E2 0
0 ... 10 bar 0 ... 2 / 10 bar } E housing, instead of Viton
(0 ... 145 psi) (0 ... 5.8 / 145 psi) max. operating pressure 15 bar (218 psi),
0 ... 50 bar 0 ... 10 / 50 bar } F max. measuring temperature -10 ... +50 °C
(0 ... 725 psi) (0 ... 145 / 725 psi) Additional data
0 ... 200 bar 0 ... 40 / 200 bar } G Please add "Z" to Order No. and specify Order
(0 ... 2900 psi) (0 ... 580 / 2900 psi) code(s) and plain text.
0 ... 400 bar 0 ... 80 / 400 bar } H Measuring range to be set, Y0 1
(0 ... 5800 psi) (0 ... 1160 / 5800 psi) specify in plain text:
Other version (on request) Z J1Y Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
add Order Code and plain text:
Process connection: ............ TAG number made of stainless steel Y1 5
Process connection Accessories Order No.
G½B male thread and G1/8B female thread } A Quality inspection certificate (Factory 7MF1564-8CC11
G½B to EN 837-1 F) B calibration) to IEC 60770-2 supplied later,
Female thread ½-14 NPT F) C specify factory of transmitter.
G 1“ male thread F) M } Available ex stock
Design F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
Process connection vertically downwards, } 1
thread in connector M16x1.5
Process connection horizontally to rear, 2
thread in connector M16x1.5
Process connection vertically downwards, } 3
thread in connector ½"-14 NPT
Process connection horizontally to rear, 4
thread in connector ½"-14 NPT
2/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P Compact
for gage and absolute pressure
■ Overview The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-

giene regulations.
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is available in
many versions. Exact adaptation of the pressure transmitter to
conditions at the place of use is thus possible
■ Design 2
The electronics is potted to protect it against moisture, corrosive
atmospheres and vibration.
Notes on operating the pressure transmitter
Compensation of internal atmospheric pressure
Compensation of the internal atmospheric pressure of the
SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitters is performed as fol-
lows:
• in the plug versions by means of the screwed gland (IP65)
• in the field housings by means of an integral sintered filter
(IP65) or a vented cable (IP67)
• in versions with cable outlet by means of a vented cable (IP67)
In the absolute pressure range there is no need for compensa-
tion with respect to atmospheric pressure.
Note: These degrees of protection are only achieved under the
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for following conditions:
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio- • if the pressure transmitter is installed correctly
technology industries. • if the screwed glands are securely tightened
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy- • if the cable diameters agree with the nominal diameters of the
giene regulations. gaskets in the housing
Particular value has been placed on a high surface quality. It is Note: The integral EMC measures are only effective if the earth
therefore possible, for example, to guarantee roughness values connection is made correctly.
down to Ra = 0.4 μm (1.57 ⋅ 10-5 inch) in the wetted area (wel-
ded seam area Ra < 0.8 μm (3.15 ⋅ 10-5 inch)). The system can CE marking
be electropolished in addition. The CE marking of the pressure transmitter certifies compliance
A further important feature is the hygiene-based design of the with the guidelines of the European Council (9/336/EC), the EMC
process connection by means of various aseptic connections. law (13.11.1992), as well as the applicable generic standards.
The completely welded stainless steel housing can be designed Interference-free operation in systems and plants is achieved
up to degree of protection IP67. only if the specifications for shielding, earthing, cable routing
and electrical isolation are observed during installation and as-
Using appropriate thermal decouplers, the SITRANS P Compact sembly.
pressure transmitter can be used for process temperatures up to
200 °C (392 °F). Hazardous areas
Note: Electrical equipment in hazardous areas must only be in-
■ Benefits stalled and operated by trained personnel.
• Measuring ranges from 0 to 160 mbar (0 to 2.32 psi) to 0 to Modifications to units and connections result in cancellation of
40 bar (0 to 580 psi) the explosion protection and guarantee.
• Linearity error including hysteresis < +0.2% of full-scale value With intrinsically-safe circuits, make sure that equipotential bon-
• Piezo-resistive measurement system, vacuum-proof and over- ding exists throughout the complete cabling inside and outside
load-proof of the hazardous area. The limits specified in the ATEX approval
must be observed.
• Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP
recommendations
• Material and surface quality according to hygiene require-
ments
• Wetted parts made of stainless steel; completely welded
• Signal output 4 to 20 mA (0 to 20 mA as option)
• Stainless steel housing with degree of protection IP65 (IP67 as
option)
• Process temperature up to 200 °C (392 °F)
• Explosion protection II 2G EEx [ib] IIC T6 to ATEX
• Easy and safe to clean
■ Application
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/21

SITRANS P Compact
■ Function Rated conditions

Installation conditions
The process pressure acts on a piezo-resistive semiconductor
measuring bridge through a remote seal and a transmission li- • Mounting position Any, vertical as standard
quid. The pressure transmitter converts the pressure values into Ambient conditions
2
a load-independent current.
• Ambient temperature -10 ... +70 °C (14 ... 158 °F)
A compensation network makes the output signal largely inde- • Storage temperature -10 ... +90 °C (14 ... 194 °F)
pendent of the ambient temperature. As a result of a specially
adapted remote seal connection with minimized volume, the in- • Process temperature Max. 200 °C (392 °F), depends
fluence of the process temperature on the output signal is on design
greatly reduced compared to a conventional screw connection. • Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65, optional IP67
The pressure transmitters can be powered with a non-regulated • Electromagnetic compatibility
DC voltage of 10 to 30 V. Output signals common to measuring - Emitted interference To EN 50081 Part 1, issue 1993
technology are available. (residential and industrial areas).
The unit has no own emissions.
■ Technical specifications - Interference immunity to EN 50082 Part 2, issue March
1995 (industrial areas)
Pressure transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Design
Mode of operation
Weight (without remote seal)
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive
• Field housing ≈ 460 g (≈ 1.01 lb)
Input
• Housing with plug ≈ 200 g (≈ 0.44 lb)
Measured variable Gage or absolute pressure
Housing
Measured range 0 ... 160 mbar (0 ... 2.32 psi)
... • Designs • Field housing IP65 or IP67, with
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) screwed gland
Output • Angled plug DIN 43650, IP65
Output signal • Cable connection, IP67
• Round plug connector M12,
• Two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA IP65
• Three-wire system 0 ... 20 mA • Material Stainless steel, mat.
Measuring accuracy To EN 60770-1 No. 1.4404/1.4305
Linearity error including hysteresis ≤ 0.2% of full-scale value Material of union nut Polyamide (with electrical con-
(reference point adjustment) nection using plug or cable)
Adjustment accuracy ≤ ± 0.2% of full-scale value Electronics unit potted with sili-
cone
Adjustment time < 20 ms Internal ventilation for measuring
Influence of ambient temperature ranges < 16 bar (< 232 psi),
through housing thread or con-
On th enclosure nection cable depending on
• Zero < 0.2%/10 K of full-scale value design
• Measured span < 0.2%/10 K of full-scale value Process connection
On the process connection (remote Zero error (depends on design) • Versions See Ordering data
seal) • Material of coupling Stainless steel, mat.
• Flange remote seal No. 1.4404/316L
- DN 25 / 1" 4.8 mbar/10 K (0.070 psi/10 K) Power supply
- DN 32 / 1¼” 2.3 mbar/10 K (0.033 psi/10 K) Terminal voltage on transmitter 10 ... 30 V DC
- DN 40 / 1½” 1.6 mbar/10 K (0.023 psi/10 K) Rated voltage 24 V DC
- DN 50 / 2" 0.6 mbar/10 K (0.009 psi/10 K) Certificate and approvals
• Clamp-on seal Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and
equipment directive liquids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 25 / 1" 9.5 mbar/10 K (0.138 psi/10 K) (DRGL 97/23/EC) with the requirements of article 3,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1); assig-
- DN 32 / 1¼” 4.1 mbar/10 K (0.060 psi/10 K) ned to category III, conformity
- DN 40 / 1½” 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.057 psi/10 K) evaluation module H by the TÜV
Nord
- DN 50 / 2" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.057 psi/10 K)
The zero error specified for the process connection should be conside-
red as a guideline for a standard design. We will produce a detailed sys- • Intrinsic safety "i" TÜV 03 ATEX 2099 X
tem calculation on request. Systems with reduced remote seal errors are - Identification Ex II 2G EEx ib IIC T6
available on request.
2/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P Compact
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F)
(284 °F) 2
Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2% of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
with quick-release clamp with aseptic connection
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1,
slotted union nut form A,
• DN 25 AD with slotted union nut
• DN 32 AE • 1 inch PM
• DN 40 AF • 1½ inch PN
• DN 50 AG • 2 inch PP
• DN 65 AH • 2½ inch PQ
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with Aseptic screwed gland to
threaded socket DIN 11864-1, form A
• DN 25 BD with threaded socket
• DN 32 BE • 1 inch QM
• DN 40 BF • 1½ inch QN
• DN 50 BG • 2 inch QP
• DN 65 BH • 2½ inch QQ
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 Aseptic screwed NEUMO
with slotted union nut 1)
• DN 25 CD
• DN 25 RD
• DN 40 CF
• DN 32 RE
• DN 50 CG
• DN 40 RF
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
• DN 50 RG
• 1 inch DM
Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 1½ inch DN with threaded socket 1)
• 2 inch DP • DN 25 SD
• 2½ inch DQ • DN 32 SE
IDF standard with slotted union nut • DN 40 SF
• 1 inch EM • DN 50 SG
• 1½ inch EN Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 2 inch EP with clamp connection, form R 1)
IDF standard with threaded socket • DN 25 TD
• 1 inch FM • DN 32 TE
• 1½ inch FN • DN 40 TF
• 2 inch FP • DN 50 TG
SMS standard with slotted union nut Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 1 inch GM with clamp connection, form V 1)
• 1½ inch GN • DN 25 UD
• 2 inch GP • DN 32 UE
SMS standard with threaded socket • DN 40 UF
• 1 inch HM • DN 50 UG
• 1½ inch HN Special version ZA j 1y
• 2 inch HP (add Order code and plain text)
DRD flange, without welding-type flange Filling liquid
• DN 50, PN 40 JH Vegetable oil 1
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen)
medicinal white oil 2
• D = 50, for Varivent housing DN 25 and KF
1 inch Food oil, FDA-listed 3
• D = 68, for Varivent housing KL Special version 9 l 1y
DN 40 ... DN 125 and 1½ ... 6 inch (add Order code and plain text)
Special version ZA J1Y
(add Order code and plain text) Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Filling liquid
Vegetable oil 1 Special version 9 m1 y
(add Order code and plain text)
medicinal white oil 2
1) Please specify as well:
Food oil, FDA-listed 3 Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03,
Special version 9 L1y see table "Further designs" on next page
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Special version 9 m1 y
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/23

SITRANS P Compact
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2 Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F)
(284 °F)
Housing design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload pres-
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection sure
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650, 1 (continued)
IP65
-1 ... 9 bar g 30 bar g GA
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 2 (-14.5 ... 130.5 psi g) (435 psi g)
union nut made of polyamide -1 ... 15 bar g 50 bar g GB
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 3 (-14.5 ... 217.6 psi g) (725 psi g)
union nut made of stainless steel 0 ... 1 bar a 10 bar a F) HA
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 4 (0 ... 14.5 psi a) (145 psi a)
cable gland, IP65 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar a F) HB
(0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi a)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 5 0 ... 2.5 bar a 16 bar a F) HC
cable gland, IP67 (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (232 psi a)
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges
< 10 bar (< 145 psi) 0 ... 4 bar a 16 bar a F) HD
(0 ... 58 psi a) (232 psi a)
Measured range Overload pressure 0 ... 6 bar a 30 bar a F) HE
0 ... 160 mbar g 2 bar g BB (0 ... 87 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 2.32 psi g) (29 psi g)
0 ... 10 bar a 30 bar a F) jA
0 ... 250 mbar g 2 bar g BC (0 ... 145 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 3.63 psi g) (29 psi g)
0 ... 400 mbar g 6 bar g BD Special version F) zA P1y
(0 ... 5.8 psi g) (87 psi g) (add Order code and plain text)
0 ... 600 mbar g 6 bar g BE Explosion protection
(0 ... 8.7 psi g) (87 psi g) without 1
0 ... 1 bar g 10 bar g CA with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, EEx ib IIC T6 2
(0 ... 14.5 psi g) (145 psi g)
Further designs Order code
0 ... 1.6 bar g 10 bar g CB
(0 ... 23.2 psi g) (145 psi g) Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
0 ... 2.5 bar g 16 bar g CC Order code
(0 ... 36.3 psi g) (232 psi g) Hygiene version p01
0 ... 4 bar g 16 bar g CD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 58 psi g) (232 psi g) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
0 ... 6 bar g 30 bar g CE Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
(0 ... 87 psi g) (435 psi g) (5.9·10-8 inch)
0 ... 10 bar g 30 bar g DA Integral cooling element k01
(0 ... 145 psi g) (435 psi g) Process temperature max. 200 °C
0 ... 16 bar g 50 bar g DB (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(0 ... 232 psi g) (725 psi g)
0 ... 25 bar g 50 bar g DC Connections for pipe
(0 ... 363 psi g) (725 psi g) Pipes to DIN 11850 r01
0 ... 40 bar g 70 bar g DD ISO pipes to DIN 2463 r02
(0 ... 580 psi g) (1015 psi g) Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" r03
-160 ... 0 mbar g 2 bar g EB Certificates
(-2.32 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g) Quality inspection certificate (Factory C11
-250 ... 0 bar g 2 bar g EC calibration) to IEC 60770-2
(-3.73 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g) C12
Acceptance test certificate to
-400 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g ED EN 10204-3.1
(-5.8 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g)
Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling C17
-600 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g EE liquids certified by factory certificate to
(-8.7 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g) EN 10204-2.2
-1 ... 0 bar g 10 bar g FA
(-14.5 ... 0 psi g) (145 psi g) Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
certified by factory certificate to
-1 ... 0.6 bar g 10 bar g FB
EN 10204-3.1
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi g) (145 psi g)
-1 ... 1.5 bar g 16 bar g FC Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on C19
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi g) (232 psi g) seals with aseptic screwed gland
-1 ... 3 bar g 16 bar g FD to DIN 11864
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi g) (232 psi g) F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
-1 ... 5 bar g 30 bar g FE
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi g) (435 psi g)
2/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P Compact
pressure with clamp-on remote seal pressure with clamp-on remote seal
(284 °F)
(284 °F) 2
Clamp-on remote seal (screwed gland Clamp-on seal
at both ends) with aseptic connection
with quick-release clamps Aseptic screwed gland to
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with DIN 11864-1, form A
threaded socket with threaded socket
• DN 25 AD • 1 inch QM
• DN 32 AE • 1½ inch QN
• DN 40 AF • 2 inch QP
• DN 50 AG Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 65 AH with threaded socket1)
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 25 SD
• DN 25 CD • DN 32 SE
• DN 32 CE • DN 40 SF
• DN 40 CF • DN 50 SG
• DN 50 CG • DN 65 Sh
• DN 65 CH Aseptic screwed NEUMO
Clamp connection to ISO 28521) with clamp connection, form R1)
• 1 inch DM • DN 25 TD
• 1½ inch DN • DN 32 TE
• 2 inch DP • DN 40 TF
• 2½ inch DQ • DN 50 TG
Special version Za j 1y Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
(add Order code and plain text) with threaded socket W 501
• 1 inch VM
Filling liquid • 1½ inch VN
Vegetable oil 1 • 2 inch VP
Medicinal white oil 2 Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
with clamp connection W 601
Food oil, FDA-listed 3
• 1 inch WM
Special version 9 l 1y • 1½ inch WN
• 2 inch WP
Output signal Special version ZA j 1y
4 ... 20 mA 1 (add Order code and plain text)
Special version 9 M1 y Filling liquid
(add Order code and plain text) Vegetable oil 1
1)
Please note the internal diameter of the pipe. Please specify pipe classes medicinal white oil 2
(see "Further designs") Food oil, FDA-listed 3
Special version 9 l 1y
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Special version 9 m1 y
1)
Please specify as well:
Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03,
see table "Further designs" on next page
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/25

SITRANS P Compact
pressure with clamp-on remote seal pressure with clamp-on remote seal
2 Process temperature up to 140 °C
(284 °F)
(284 °F)
Housing design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload pressure
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection (continued)
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650, 1
IP65, union nut made of polyamide -1 ... 9 bar g 30 bar g GA
(-14.5 ... 130.5 psi g)(435 psi g)
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 2
union nut made of polyamide -1 ... 15 bar g 50 bar g GB
(-14.5 ... 217.6 psi g)(725 psi g)
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 3
union nut made of stainless steel 0 ... 1 bar a 10 bar a F) HA
(0 ... 14.5 psi a) (145 psi a)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 4
cable gland, IP65 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar a F) HB
(0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi a)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 5 0 ... 2.5 bar a 16 bar a F) HC
cable gland, IP67 (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (232 psi a)
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges 0 ... 4 bar a 16 bar a F) HD
< 10 bar (< 145 psi) (0 ... 58 psi a) (232 psi a)
Measured range Overload pressure 0 ... 6 bar a 30 bar a F) HE
0 ... 160 mbar g 2 bar g BB (0 ... 87 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 2.32 psi g) (29 psi g) 0 ... 10 bar a 30 bar a F) jA
0 ... 250 mbar g 2 bar g BC (0 ... 145 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 3.63 psi g) (29 psi g)
0 ... 400 mbar g 6 bar g BD Special version F) zA P1y
(0 ... 5.8 psi g) (87 psi g) (add Order code and plain text)
0 ... 600 mbar g 6 bar g BE Explosion protection
(0 ... 8.7 psi g) (87 psi g) without 1
0 ... 1 bar g 10 bar g CA with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, EEx ib IIC T6 2
(0 ... 14.5 psi g) (145 psi g) Further designs Order code
0 ... 1.6 bar g 10 bar g CB
(0 ... 23.2 psi g) (145 psi g) Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code
0 ... 2.5 bar g 16 bar g CC
(0 ... 36.3 psi g) (232 psi g) Hygiene version p01
0 ... 4 bar g 16 bar g CD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 58 psi g) (232 psi g) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
0 ... 6 bar g 30 bar g CE Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
(0 ... 87 psi g) (435 psi g) (5.9·10-8 inch)
0 ... 10 bar g 30 bar g DA Integral cooling element k01
(0 ... 145 psi g) (435 psi g) Process temperature max. 200 °C
0 ... 16 bar g 50 bar g DB (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(0 ... 232 psi g) (725 psi g) Connections for pipe
0 ... 25 bar g 50 bar g DC Pipes to DIN 11850 r01
(0 ... 363 psi g) (725 psi g)
ISO pipes to ISO 2463 r02
0 ... 40 bar g 70 bar g DD
(0 ... 580 psi g) (1015 psi g) Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" r03
-160 ... 0 mbar g 2 bar g EB Certificates

(-2.32 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g) Quality inspection certificate (Factory C11
-250 ... 0 bar g 2 bar g EC calibration) to IEC 60770-2
(-3.73 ... 0 psi g) (29 psi g) Acceptance test certificate to C12
-400 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g ED EN 10204-3.1
(-5.8 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g) Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling C17
-600 ... 0 bar g 6 bar g EE liquids certified by factory certificate
(-8.7 ... 0 psi g) (87 psi g) to EN 10204-2.2
-1 ... 0 bar g 10 bar g FA Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
(-14.5 ... 0 psi g) (145 psi g) certified by factory certificate
-1 ... 0.6 bar g 10 bar g FB to EN 10204-3.1
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi g) (145 psi g)
Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on C19
-1 ... 1.5 bar g 16 bar g FC seals with aseptic screwed gland
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi g) (232 psi g) to DIN 11864
-1 ... 3 bar g 16 bar g FD
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi g) (232 psi g) F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
-1 ... 5 bar g 30 bar g FE
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi g) (435 psi g)
2/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P Compact
Housing
Fieldhousing Angled plug to Cable connection Round plug with

stainless steel
Degree of protection IP65
DIN 43 650
(cable ventilation)
screw connection M12
Degree of protection IP65 2
IP67 as alternative
» 8 (0.3)
39 (1.53) For cable diam.
ø 50 For cable diam.
4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39) 4 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
(diam. 1.97)
» 50 (1.97)
38,5 (1.52)
9 (0.35)
(0.9)
22,5
107,5 (4.23)
124,5 (4.9)
» 132 (5.2)
30 (1.18)
94 (3.7)
74,5 (2.93)
74,5 (2.93)
74,5 (2.93)
74,5 (2.93)
Thermal decoupler
for process temperature
up to 200 °C (392 °F)
Process connections
Standard
Food screwed gland Clamp connection Pipe-screwed gland Pipe clamp connection
Union nut to DIN 32 676 (food) to DIN 32 676
to DIN 11 851 ISO 2852 Round thread DN 25 ... 100
DN 25 ... 65 DN 25 ... 65 to DIN 11 851 to ISO 2853
1 ... 2½ DN 25 ... 65 1 ... 2½
Aseptic
Aseptic screwed gland Clamp connection Pipe screwed gland (aseptic) Pipe clamp connection
Round thread Neumo, Südmo, Guth Round thread Neumo, Südmo, Guth
Neumo, Südmo, Guth DN 25 ... 50 DIN 11 864-1 DN 25 ... 65
DIN 11 864-1 1 ... 2 Neumo, Südmo, Guth 1 ... 2
DN 25 ... 65 DN 25 ... 65
1 ... 2 1 ... 2
SITRANS P, dimensions in mm (inch)
■ Schematics
Field housing Angled plug Cable connection Round plug
0V 4 black
0V brown
Two-wire system yellow
24 V green
1 brown 2 white
24 V
SITRANS P Compact, connection diagram
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/27

SITRANS P300
■ Overview
The SITRANS P300 is a digital pressure transmitter for gage and It can be used for the following measurement types:
absolute pressure. All conventional thread versions are available • Gage pressure
as process connections. In addition, various hygiene-based
connections and flange connections with front-flush diaphragms • Absolute pressure
meet the requirements of a dead space free process connec- With appropriate parameter settings, it can also be used for the
tion. following additional measurement types:
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to • Level
20 mA or a PROFIBUS PA signal, which is linearly proportional to • Volume
the input pressure. Communication is over HART protocol or
over PROFIBUS PA interface. Convenient buttons for easy local • Mass
operation of the basic settings of the pressure transmitter. The "intrinsically-safe" EEx version of the transmitter can be in-
The SITRANS P300 has a single-chamber stainless steel casing. stalled in hazardous areas (zone 1). The transmitters are provi-
The pressure transmitter is approved with "intrinsically safe" type ded with an EC type examination certificate and comply with the
of protection It can be used in zone 1 or zone 0. respective harmonized European standards of ATEX.
Gage pressure
■ Benefits This variant measures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazar-
• High quality and long life dous gases, vapors and liquids.
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical The smallest measuring span is 10 mbar g, the largest 400 bar g.
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions Level
• Minimum conformity error With appropriate parameter settings, the gage pressure variant
measures the level of aggressive, non-aggressive and hazar-
• Small long-term drift
dous liquids.
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (such as stainless
steel, Hastelloy) For measuring the level in an open container you require one de-
vice; for measuring the level in a closed container, you require
• Measuring range 8 mbar to 400 bar two devices and a process control system.
Absolute pressure
• Parameterization over control keys and HART communication
or PROFIBUS PA communication This variant measures the absolute pressure of aggressive, non-
aggressive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
■ Application The smallest measuring span is 8 mbar a, the largest 30 bar a.
The pressure transmitter is available in versions for gage pres-
sure and for absolute pressure. The output signal is always a
load-independent direct current from 4 to 20 mA or a
PROFIBUS PA signal, which is linearly proportional to the input
pressure. The pressure transmitter measures aggressive, non-
aggressive and hazardous gases, as well as vapors and liquids.
2/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P300
■ Design ■ Function
The device comprises: Operation of the electronics with HART communication
• Electronics
• Housing 9
• Measuring cell 8
M
0 0 00 0
00
2
10
2 3 4 5
mC IA, UH
7
HART interface
EEPROM
6
Electronics
1 6
EEPROM
Sensor
Pe
Measuring cell
1 Measuring cell sensor

2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter
4 Microcontroller
5 Digital-to-analog converter
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and electronics
Perspective view of the SITRANS P300 7 HART interface
8 Three input keys (local operation)
The housing has a screw-on cover (3), with or without an inspec- 9 Digital display
tion window depending on the version. The electrical terminal 10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
housing, the buttons for operation of the device and, depending IA Output current
UH Power supply
on the version, the digital display are located under this cover. Pe Input variable
The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in
the terminal housing. The cable gland is mounted on the side of
the housing. The measuring cell with the process connection (5)
is located on the underside of the housing. Depending on the Function diagram of electronics
version of the device, the measuring cell with the process con-
nection may differ from the one shown in the diagram. The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2)
and digitalized in an analog to digital converter (3). The digital
signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected with re-
gard to linearity and thermal characteristics. In a digital to ana-
log converter (5) it is then converted into the output current of 4
to 20 mA. A diode circuit provides reverse voltage protection.
You can make an uninterrupted current measurement with a low-
ohm ammeter at the connection (10). The data specific to the
measuring cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are
stored in two non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is lin-
ked with the measuring cell, the second with the electronics.
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so-
called modes. If you have a device with a digital display (9), you
can use this to track mode settings and other messages. The
basic mode settings can be changed with a computer via the
HART modem (7).
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/29

SITRANS P300
Operation of the electronics with PROFIBUS PA communica- Mode of operation of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
tion electronics
9 9
8 8
0 0 00 0 0 0 00 0
2
M 00 M 00
2 3 4 5 7 2 3 4 5 7
mC PA mC FF
interface interface
Power supply Power supply
10 10
PROFIBUS-PA
Power Power
PROFIBUS-DP
EEPROM supply EEPROM supply
6 unit 6 unit
Coup- Coup-
ler ler
Electronics Electronics
11
Bus-
1 6 Master 1 6
12
EEPROM
EEPROM
Sensor Sensor
pe pe
Measuring cell Measuring cell
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link 5 Electrical isolation
6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master 6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell each in the measuring cell
and electronics pe Input variable and electronics
7 PROFIBUS-PA interface 7 FF interface
Function diagram of electronics Function diagram of electronics
The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2) "Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the instrument
and digitalized in an analog to digital converter (3). The digital amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected with re- The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its line-
gard to linearity and thermal characteristics. It is then made avai- arity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
lable at the PROFIBUS PA over an electrically isolated PROFI- FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
BUS PA interface (7). The data specific to the measuring cell, the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Interface (7).
electronic data and parameter settings are stored in two non-vo- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
latile memories (6). The first memory is linked with the measuring the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
cell, the second with the electronics. (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so- to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
called modes. If you have a device with a digital display (9), you tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
can use this to track mode settings and other messages. The each other.
basic mode settings can be changed with a computer over the Using the three input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
bus master (12). transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are transfer-
red by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus.
Parameterization data and error messages are transferred by
acyclic data transmission. Special software such as National In-
struments Configurator is required for this.
Mode of operation of the measuring cells

The process connections available include the following:
• G½
• ½-14 NPT
• Front-flush diaphragm:
- Flanges to EN
- Flanges to ASME
- NuG and pharmaceutical connections
2/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P300
Measuring cell for gage pressure Measuring cell for gage pressure, front-flush diaphragm
1
1
6
5 2
5
2 2
4
1 Reference pressure
3 2 Measuring cell
3 Process connection
4 Seal diaphragm 1 Reference pressure
5 Filling liquid 2 Measuring cell
6 Relative pressure sensor 3 Seal diaphragm
pe
pe Pressure as input variable 4 Filling liquid
5 Relative pressure sensor 3
pe Pressure as input variable
Measuring cell for gage pressure, function chart
SH
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gage pressure sen-
sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), displa- Measuring cell for gage pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function chart
cing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes the
resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring dia- The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gage pressure sen-
phragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance causes sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), displa-
a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pressure. cing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes the
resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring dia-
The transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar measure the input pressure phragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance causes
against atmosphere, those with spans ≥ 160 bar against a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pressure.
vacuum.
The transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar measure the input pressure
against atmosphere, those with spans ≥ 160 bar against
Measuring cell for absolute pressure vacuum.
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm
1
5
4
4
3
2 1 Measuring cell 3
3 Seal diaphragm
4 Filling liquid
5 Absolute pressure sensor
pe pe Pressure as input variable
1 Measuring cell
2 Seal diaphragm
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, function chart 3 Filling liquid
4 Absolute pressure sensor 2
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure pe Pressure as input variable
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4),
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement chan-
SH
ges the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measu-
ring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function
causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres- chart
sure.
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4),
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/31

SITRANS P300
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement chan- Adjustable parameters on SITRANS P300 with HART communi-
ges the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measu- cation
ring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance
Parameters Input keys HART com-
causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres- munication
sure.
Start of scale x x
2 Parameterization of SITRANS P300

Depending on the version, there are a range of options for para-
Full-scale value x x
Electrical damping x x
meterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
the parameters. Start-of-scale value without application x x
of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Parameterization using the input keys (local operation)
Full-scale value without application of a x x
With the input keys you can easily set the most important para- pressure ("Blind setting")
meters without any additional equipment. Zero adjustment x x
Parameterization using HART communication Current transmitter x x
Parameterization using HART communication is performed with Fault current x x
a HART communicator or a PC. Disabling of keys, write protection x x1)
Type of dimension and actual dimension x x
+
Input of characteristic x
Freely-programmable LCD x
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 W Power supply
transmitter Diagnostics functions x
1)
Cancel apart from write protection
HART
communicator Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with HART communica-
tion
• Zero correction display
Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure transmit-
ter • Event counter
When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connec- • Limit transmitter
tion is made directly to the 2-wire system. • Saturation alarm
• Slave pointer
• Simulation functions
• Maintenance timer
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 W Power supply Available physical units of display for SITRANS P300 with HART
transmitter communication
PC or
HART Physical variable Physical dimensions
laptop
modem Pressure (setting can also be made Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm,
in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O
RS 232 (4 °C), mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C),
inHg, mmHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure
transmitter Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gal-
lon, lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel,
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through barrel liquid
a HART modem. Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur-
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. Miscellaneous %, mA
2/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P300
Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface Hygiene version
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is In the case of the SITRANS P300 with 7MF812.-... front-flush di-
particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS puts the DS III PA is in aphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of
connection with a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC PSC 7. the EHEDG or 3A. You will find further details in the order form.
Communication is possible even in a potentially explosive envi- Please note in particular that the seal materials used must com-
ronment.
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
ply with the requirements of 3A. Similarly, the filling liquids used
must be FDA-compliant. 2
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus Interface
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
the P300 FF is connected to a process control system. Commu-
nication is possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Adjustable parameters for P300 PA and FF
Parameters Input keys PROFIBUS PA and
(DS III HART) FOUNDATION
Fieldbus interface
Zero adjustment (correction of x x
position)
Key and/or function disabling x x
Source of measured-value dis- x x
play
Physical dimension of display x x
Position of decimal point x x
Bus address x x
Adjustment of characteristic x x
Diagnostics functions x
Diagnostic functions for P300 PA and FF

• Event counter
• Slave pointer
• Display of zero correction
• Limit transmitter
• Saturation alarm
Physical dimensions available for the display
Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
be made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C), mmHg,
inHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
Total mass flow t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/33

SITRANS P300
■ Technical specifications
F
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure and absolute pressure

HART PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Gage pressure input
2 Measured variable Gage pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Max. perm. test pres- Nominal measuring Max. perm. test pres-
nominal measuring range and sure range sure
max. pemissible test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
(0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) (87 psi g) (14.5 psi g) (87 psi g)
(0.58 ... 58 psi g) (145 psi g) (58 psi g) (145 psi g)
(58 ... 5802 psi g) (8700 psi g) (5802 psi g) (8700 psi g)
Depending on the process connection, the span Depending on the process connection, the nomi-
may differ from these values nal measuring range may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 30 mbar a (0.44 psi a)
Upper measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100% of max. span 100% of the max. nominal measuring range
Absolute pressure input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
8 ... 250 mbar a 6 bar a 250 mbar a 6 bar a
(0.12 ... 3.6 psi a) (87 psi a) (3.6 psi a) (87 psi a)
0.043 ... 1.30 bar a 10 bar a 1.30 bar a 10 bar a
(0.62 ... 19 psi a) (145 psi a) (19 psi a) (145 psi a)
0.16 ... 5 bar a 30 bar a 5 bar a 30 bar a
1 ... 30 bar a 100 bar a 30 bar a 100 bar a
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 0 mbar a (0 psi a)
Input of gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Gage pressure, front-flush
0,01 ... 1 bar g 6 bar g 1 bar g 6 bar g
Lower measuring limit -100 mbar g (-1.45 psi g)
2/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P300
Input of absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure (front-flush)
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or
nominal measuring range and
Span Max. perm. test pres-
sure
Nominal measuring
range
Max. perm. test pres-
sure 2
0,16 ... 5 bar a 30 bar a 5 bar a 30 bar a
(2.32 ... 72,5 psi a) (435 psi a) (72,5 psi a) (435 psi a)
Lower measuring limit 0 bar a (0 psi a)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100% der max. Messspanne 100% des max. Nennmessbereichs
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA signal
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
With polarity reversal protection No Yes
Electrical damping T63 (step width 0.1 s) Set to 0.1 s (0 ... 100 s)
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, measuring cell
(All error data refer always refer to the set with silicone oil, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F), span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
span)
Measurement deviation with cut-off point set-
ting, including hysteresis and repeatability.
Gage pressure Absolute (Absolute Gage pressure Absolute (Absolute
pressure pressure, pressure pressure,
front- front-
flushed) flushed)
Linear characteristic curve ≤ 0,075% ≤ 0,1% ≤ 0,2%
• r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)% ≤ 0,1% ≤ 0,2%
• 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)% ≤ 0,2% ≤ 0,4%
• 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)% - -
Settling time T63 without electrical damping Approx. 0.2 s
Long-term drift at ± 30 °C (± 54 °F) ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)%/5 years ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)%/year ≤ 0.25%/5 years ≤ 0.1%/year
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r +0.2)% ≤ (0.2 ⋅ r ≤ 0,3% ≤ 0,5%
+0.3)%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)% / 10 K ≤ (0.2 ⋅ r + ≤ 0.25%/10 K ≤ 0.5%/
(-40 ... 14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F) 0.3)%/10 K 10 K
Influence of the medium temperature (only
with front-flush diaphragm)
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
temperature and ambient temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/35

SITRANS P300
Rated operating conditions
2 Ambient temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil
Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front- -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid (not with -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
front-flush diaphragm)
• Digital display -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
(with Neobee: -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
Climatic class
Condensation Permissible
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65, IP68, NEMA X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150° C (302 °F)
Electromagnetic compatibility
• Emitted interference and interference immunity To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (with front- -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front- -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with tempe- -40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
rature isolator (only with front-flush dia-
phragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with high temperature oil -10 ... +250 °C (14 ... +482 °F)
Design (standard version)
Weight (without options) Approx. 800 g (1.8 lb)
Housing material Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4301/304
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
Process connection • G½B to DIN EN 837-1
• Female thread ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi) with fastening thread:
- 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518
- M10 as per DIN 19213
Design (version with front-flush dia-
phragm)
Weight (without options) Approx. 1 ... 13 kg (2.2 ... 29 lb)
Housing material Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4301/304
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
• FDA compliant fill fluid (Neobee oil)
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
• F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
2/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P300
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC Supplied through bus
2
for intrinsically safe operation: 10.5 ... 30 V DC
Separate power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without EEx - 9 ... 32 V
• For intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Startup current ≤ basic current - Yes
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) - Available
Classification according to pressure equip- For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Water, waste water Available soon
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T4, T5, T6
Permissible ambient temperature
• Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi-
mum values: mum values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective inner inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li ≤ 7 μH
Explosion protection to FM for USA and
Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4 ... T6;
CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6;
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/37

SITRANS P300
HART communication Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus

HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
1 function block PID
Protocol HART Version 5.x
• Analog input
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
2 PROFIBUS PA communication
- Adaptation to customer-speci-
fic process variables
Yes, linearly rising or falling cha-
racteristic
Simultaneous communication with 4 - Electrical damping T63 , adjus- 0 ... 100 s

master class 2 (max.) table
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
tion (standard setting address the device with a bridge)
126) - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or
10 (two measuring values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode tively
and reset function for metering)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process • PID Standard FF function block
Control Devices Version 3.0,
Class B • Physical block 1 Resource block
Function blocks 2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with

calibration, 1 transducer block
• Analog input LCD
- Adaptation to customer-speci- Yes, linearly rising or falling cha- • Pressure transducer block
fic process variables racteristic
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
- Electrical damping T63 , adjus- 0 ... 100 s two pressures
table
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Simulation function Input /Output
- Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over paramete-
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good pressure value, sensor tempe- rizable ramp function
value, substitute value, incorrect rature and electronics tempera-
value) ture
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
tively
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with incor-
rect value)
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit
and one alarm limit respectively
• Physical block 1
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
two pressures
- Specification of a container Max. 30 nodes
characteristic with
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression Parameterizable
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for measu- Constant value or over paramete-
red pressure value and sensor rizable ramp function
temperature
2/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P300
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage
and absolute pressure, single-chamber measu- and absolute pressure, single-chamber measu-
ring housing, rating plate inscription in English ring housing, rating plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 - 4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF)
7MF 8 0 2 4 -
7MF 8 0 2 5 -
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF)
7MF 8 0 2 4 -
7MF 8 0 2 5 -
2
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Display
Silicone oil Standard 1 • Without display, with keys, closed lid 5) 1
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3 • With display and keys, closed lid 2
DIN 25410 • With display and keys, lid with macrolon washer 4
max. span (setting on HART devices: mA,
on PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
0,01 ... 1 bar g (0.145 ... 14.5 psi g) B devices: pressure units)
0,04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) C • With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 5
0,16 ...16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) D code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with macrolon
0,63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) E washer
1,6 ... 160 bar g (23.2 ... 2320 psi g) F • With display and keys, lid with glass pane 6
4 ... 400 bar g (58 ... 5800 psi g) G (setting on HART devices: mA, on PROFIBUS and
2,5 ... 25 mbar a (0,036 ... 3.63 psi a) F) Q FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices: pressure units)
13 ... 1300 mbar a (0.19 ... 18.9 psi a) F) S • With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 7
0,05 ... 5 bar a (0,7 ... 72.5 psi a) F) T code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass pane
0,3 ... 30 bar a (4.35 ... 435 psi a) F) U Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isol. amplifiers".
Wetted parts materials Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell 2/142.
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Included in delivery of the device:
Hastelloy Stainless steel F) B • Brief instructions (Leporello)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation
Hastelloy Hastelloy F) C
1)
Version for diaphragm seal 1) 2) Y When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
Process connection order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
• G½B to EN 837-1 0 accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2)
• ½-14 NPT 1 Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-connec-
ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
• Oval flange made of stainless steel the corresponding seals.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 3)
Can only be ordered in conjunction with electrical connection Option A.
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 4)
Can only be ordered in conjunction with electrical connection Option B, C,
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 F or G.
5)
• Male thread M20 x 1,5 5 Only together with HART electronics.
6)
Without cable gland.
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6
Non-wetted parts materials F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
• St. steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically polished 4
Version
• Standard version 1
• Without A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
• Zone 20/21/223) C
• Ex nA/nL (zone 2)4) E
• With FM „Intrinsic safe“ (cFMUS) M
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (Polyamide) 5) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• M12 connector (metal, without cable socket) F
• M12 connector (stainless steel, without cable socket) G
• ½-14 NPT thread, metal 6) H
• ½-14 NPT thread, stainless steel6) J
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/39

SITRANS P300
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage
and absolute pressure with front-flush membrane, and absolute pressure with front-flush membrane,
single-chamber measuring housing, rating plate single-chamber measuring housing, rating plate
inscription in English inscription in English
2 4 ... 20 mA/HART
PROFIBUS PA
F) 7 M F 8 1 2 3 -
F) 7 M F 8 1 2 4 -
4 ... 20 mA/HART
PROFIBUS PA
F) 7 M F 8 1 2 3 -
F) 7 M F 8 1 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) F) 7 M F 8 1 2 5 - FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) F) 7 M F 8 1 2 5 -
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Display
Silicone oil Standard 1 • Without display, with keys, closed lid4) 1
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3 • With display and keys, closed lid 2
DIN 25410 • With display and keys, lid with macrolon washer 4
FDA compliant fill fluid (setting on HART devices: mA,
• Neobee oil Standard 4 on PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
devices: pressure units)
max. span • With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 5
0,01 ... 1 bar g (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) B code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with macrolon
0,04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) C washer
0,16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) D • With display and keys, lid with glass pane 6
0,63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) E (setting on HART devices: mA,
on PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
13 ... 1300 mbar a1) (0.19 ... 18.9 psi a) S devices: pressure units)
0,05 ... 5 bar a1) (0.7 ... 72.5 psi a) T • With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 7
0,03 ... 30 bar a1) (4.35 ... 435 psi a) U code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass pane
Wetted parts materials Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isol. amplifiers".
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell Included in delivery of the device:
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Brief instructions (Leporello)
Process connection
1)
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q.. 7 Not with temperature decoupler P00 and P10, not for process connections
(see "Further designs") R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with sili-
cone oil.
Non-wetted parts materials 2)
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 3)
polished F or G.
4)
Version Only together with HART electronics.
5)
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
• Without A
• Zone 20/21/222) C
• Ex nA/nL (zone 2)3) E
• With FM „Intrinsic safe“ (cFMUS) M
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (Polyamide)4) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• M12 connector (without cable socket) F
• M12 connector (stainless steel, without cable socket) G
• ½-14 NPT thread, metal5) H
• ½-14 NPT thread, stainless steel5) J
2/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P300
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code. code.
Mounting bracket A02 9 9 9 Varivent connection
made completely of stainless steel, for wall or
pipe mounting
certified to 3A and EHEDG3)
• Type N = 68 for Varivent housing N28 9 9 9 2
Cable socket for M12 plug DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40
• Metal A50 9 9 Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C7) P00 9 9 9
• Stainless steel A51 9 9 for version with front-flush diaphragm
Rating plate inscription Temperature decoupler up to 250 °C P10 9 9 9
(instead of English) Measuring cell filling: High-temperature oil,
only in conjunction with measuring cell filling
• German B10 9 9 9 silicone oil
• French B12 9 9 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Bio-Control (Neumo) sanitary connection
• Italian B14 9 9 9
• DN 50, PN 16 Q53 9 9 9
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 16 Q54 9 9 9
Pressure units in inH20 or psi
Sanitary process connection to DRD
Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9 9 • 65 mm, PN 40 M32 9 9 9
bration) to IEC 60770-2 1)
to IEC 60770-2 SMS socket with union nut
• 2“ M67 9 9 9
Acceptance test certificate2) C12 9 9 9 • 2½“ M68 9 9 9
to EN 10204-3.1 • 3“ M69 9 9 9
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 SMS threaded socket
to EN 10204-2.2 • 2“ M73 9 9 9
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 • 2½“ M74 9 9 9
Only for SITRANS P300 with front-flush • 3“ M75 9 9 9
diaphragm (7MF81..-...) IDF socket with union nut ISO 2853
Flange to EN 1092-1, form B1 • 2“ M82 9 9 9
• DN 25, PN 403) M11 9 9 9 • 2½“ M83 9 9 9
• DN 25, PN 1003) M21 9 9 9 • 3“ M84 9 9 9
• DN 40, PN 40 M13 9 9 9 IDF threaded socket ISO 2853
• DN 40, PN 100 M23 9 9 9 • 2“ M92 9 9 9
• DN 50, PN 16 M04 9 9 9 • 2½“ M93 9 9 9
• DN 50, PN 40 M14 9 9 9 • 3“ M94 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 25 M06 9 9 9
Sanitary process connection to
• DN 80, PN 40 M16 9 9 9 NEUMO Bio-Connect screw connection
Flanges to ASME B16.5 certified to 3A and EHEDG3)
• 1", class 1503) M40 9 9 9 • DN 50, PN 16 Q05 9 9 9
• 1½", class 150 M41 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 16 Q06 9 9 9
• 2", class 150 M42 9 9 9 • DN 80, PN 16 Q07 9 9 9
• 3", class 150 M43 9 9 9 • DN 100, PN 16 Q08 9 9 9
• 4", class 150 M44 9 9 9 • DN 2“, PN 16 Q13 9 9 9
• 1", class 3003) M45 9 9 9 • DN 2½“, PN 16 Q14 9 9 9
• 1½", class 300 M46 9 9 9 • DN 3“, PN 16 Q15 9 9 9
• 2", class 300 M47 9 9 9 • DN 4“, PN 16 Q16 9 9 9
• 3", class 300 M48 9 9 9 Sanitary process connection to
Threaded connection acc. to DIN 3852-2, NEUMO Bio-Connect flange connection
Form A certified to 3A and EHEDG3)
• G ¾“-A, flush-mounted4) R01 9 9 9 • DN 50, PN 16 Q23 9 9 9
• G 1“-A, flush-mounted4) R02 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 16 Q24 9 9 9
• G 2“-A, flush-mounted4) R04 9 9 9 • DN 80, PN 16 Q25 9 9 9
• DN 100, PN 16 Q26 9 9 9
Tank connection5) • DN 2“, PN 16 Q31 9 9 9
Sealing is included in delivery
• DN 2½“, PN 16 Q32 9 9 9
• TG 52/50, PN 40 R10 9 9 9
• DN 3“, PN 16 Q33 9 9 9
• TG 52/150, PN 40 R11 9 9 9
• DN 4“, PN 16 Q34 9 9 9
Sanitary process connection according
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection) Sanitary process connection to
certified to 3A6) NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp connection
• DN 50, PN 25 N04 9 9 9
• DN 50, PN 16 Q39 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 25 N06 9 9 9
• DN 65, PN 10 Q40 9 9 9
Tri-Clamp connection according • DN 80, PN 10 Q41 9 9 9
DIN 32676/ISO 2852 • DN 100, PN 10 Q42 9 9 9
certified to 3A6)
• DN 2½“, PN 16 Q48 9 9 9
• DN 50/2“, PN 16 N14 9 9 9
• DN 3“, PN 10 Q49 9 9 9
• DN 65/3“, PN 10 N15 9 9 9
• DN 4“, PN 10 Q50 9 9 9
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/41

SITRANS P300
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
code. code.
Sanitary process connection to Measuring range to be set Y01 9
2 NEUMO Connect S flange connection

certified to 3A and EHEDG
Specify in plain text V (max. 5 digits):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• DN 50, PN 16 Q63 9 9 9
Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
• DN 65, PN 10 Q64 9 9 9
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• DN 80, PN 10 Q65 9 9 9 Y15: ...........................................
• DN 100, PN 10 Q66 9 9 9
• DN 2“, PN 16 Q72 9 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
• DN 2½“, PN 10 Q73 9 9 9 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
• DN 3“, PN 10 Q74 9 9 9
• DN 4“, PN 10 Q75 9 9 9 Entry of HART TAG Y17 9
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Y17: ...........................................
Form A
• DN 50, PN 25 N33 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
units
• DN 65, PN 25 N34 9 9 9
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
• DN 80, PN 25 N35 9 9 9
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• DN 100, PN 25 N36 9 9 9 Note:
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 The following pressure units can be selected:
Form A bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
• DN 50, PN 16 N43 9 9 9 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
• DN 65, PN 16 N44 9 9 9 kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
• DN 80, PN 16 N45 9 9 9
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indicator in Y22 + 9
non-pressure units Y01
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2
Specify in plain text:
Form A
Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
• DN 50, PN 16 N43 + 9 9 9 (specification of measuring range in pressure
P11 units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 cha-
• DN 65, PN 16 N44 + 9 9 9 racters)
P11
Preset bus address Y25 9 9
• DN 80, PN 16 N45 + 9 9 9
P11 possible between 1 ... 126)
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 + 9 9 9 Y25: .....................
P11
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3
Form A 9 = available
• DN 50, PN 25 N53 9 9 9 Ordering example
• DN 65, PN 25 N54 9 9 9 Item line: 7MF8023-1DB24-1AB7-Z
• DN 80, PN 16 N55 9 9 9 B line: A02 + Y01 + Y21
• DN 100, PN 16 N56 9 9 9 C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
1) When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be C line: Y21: bar (psi)
order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-connec-
the corresponding seals.
3)
Special Viton seal included in delivery.
4)
Lower measuring limit -100 mbar g (1.45 psi g).
5)
The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories
6)
Certified to 3A.
The maximum temperatures of the medium depend on the respective cell
fillings.
7)
3A certification only if used in conjunction with 3A-compliant sealing rings.
2/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P300
ෘ
DSSUR[ 2
DSSUR[
DSSUR[
+ DSSUR[
+ DSSUR[
SITRANS P300, with oval flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
ෘ DSSUR[

DSSUR[

DSSUR[
DSSUR[
DSSUR[

r
DSSUR[
DSSUR[

DSSUR[

SITRANS P300, process connection M20 x 1,5, with mounted mounting bracket, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/43

SITRANS P300
ෘ

2
+ DSSUR[

7HPSHUDWXUHGHFRXSOHU

+ DSSUR[
r

SITRANS P300, front-flush, dimensions in mm (inch)

The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.
2/44 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P300
Flanges to EN and ASME
Flanges to EN DN PN ∅D H2
EN 1092-1 50 40 105 mm (4.1“) Approx.
+
DN PN ∅D H2 52 mm (2“)
25 40 115 mm (4.5“) Approx.

2
+
52 mm (2“) '
25 100 140 mm (5.5“)
40 40 150 mm (5.9“)
'
40 100 170 mm (6.7“)
50 16 165 mm (6.5“) Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
50 40 165 mm (6.5“) DN PN ∅D H2
80 16 200 mm (7.9“)
50 16 82 mm (3.2“) Approx.
80 40 200 mm (7.9“) 52 mm (2“)
+
65 16 105 mm (4.1“)
80 16 115 mm (4.5“)
Flanges to ASME
100 16 145 mm (5.7“)
ASME B16.5 '
2“ 16 82 mm (3.2“)
DN class ∅D H2
2½“ 16 105 mm (4.1“)
1“ 150 110 mm (4.3“) Approx.
3“ 16 105 mm (4.1“)
+
1“ 300 125 mm (4.9“) 52 mm (2“)

1½“ 150 130 mm (5.1“) 4“ 16 145 mm (5.7“)
'
1½“ 300 155 mm (6.1“)
2“ 150 150 mm (5.9“)
2“ 300 165 mm (6.5“) Sanitary connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
flange connection
3“ 150 190 mm (7.5“)
3“ 300 210 mm (8.1“) DN PN ∅D H2
4“ 150 230 mm (9.1“) 50 16 110 mm (4.3“) Approx.
+
4“ 300 255 mm (10.0“) 52 mm (2“)

65 16 140 mm (5.5“)
NuG and pharmaceutical connections ' 80 16 150 mm (5.9“)
Connections to DIN 100 16 175 mm (6.9“)
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection) 2“ 16 100 mm (3.9“)
DN PN ∅D H2
2½“ 16 110 mm (4.3“)
50 25 92 mm (3.6“) Approx.
3“ 16 140 mm (5.5“)
+
52 mm (2“)
80 25 127 mm (5.0“)
4“ 16 175 mm (6.9“)
'
Sanitary connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
clamp connection
Tri-Clamp according DIN 32676 DN PN ∅D H2
DN PN ∅D H2
50 16 77,4 mm (3.0“) Approx.
50 16 64 mm (2.5“) Approx. 52 mm (2“)
65 10 90,9 mm (3.6“)
+
52 mm (2“)
+
65 16 91 mm (3.6“)
80 10 106 mm (4.2“)
100 10 119 mm (4.7“)
'
' 2“ 16 64 mm (2.5“)
Other connections 2½“ 16 77,4 mm (3.0“)
Varivent connection 3“ 10 90,9 mm (3.6“)
DN PN ∅D H2 4“ 10 119 mm (4.7“)
40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx.
+
(3.3“) 52 mm (2“)
Sanitary connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S
flange connection
'
DN PN ∅D H2
50 16 125 mm (4.9“) Approx.
+
52 mm (2“)
Bio-Control connection 65 10 145 mm (5.7“)
'
DN PN ∅D H2 80 10 155 mm (6.1“)
50 16 90 mm (3.5“) Approx. 100 10 180 mm (7.1“)
+
52 mm (2“) 2“ 16 125 mm (4.9“)

65 16 120 mm (4.7“)
2½“ 10 135 mm (5.3“)
' 3“ 10 145 mm (5.7“)
4“ 10 180 mm (7.1“)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/45

SITRANS P300
Thread connection G¾“, G1“ and G2“ to DIN 3852 Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A
DN PN ∅D H2 DN PN ∅D H2
¾“ 63 37 mm (1.5“) Approx. 45 50 25 78 x 1/6“ Approx. 52
mm (1.8“) mm (2.1“)
+
65 25 95 x 1/6“
+
1“ 63 48 mm (1.9“) Approx. 47
mm (1.9“) 80 25 110 x ¼“
' 100 25 130 x ¼“
2“ 63 78 mm (3.1“) Approx. 52
mm (2“)
'
Tank connection TG52/50 und TG52/150

Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A
DN PN ∅D H2
DN PN ∅D H2
25 40 63 mm (2.5“) Approx. 63
mm (2.5“) 50 16 94 Approx. 52
+
mm (2.1“)
+
25 40 63 mm (2.5“) Approx.170 65 16 113

mm (6.7“)
80 16 133
'
' 100 16 159
SMS socket with union nut

Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A
DN PN ∅D H2
DN PN ∅D H2
2“ 25 84 mm (3.3“) Approx. 52
mm (2.1“) 50 16 94 Approx. 52
+
+
2½“ 25 100 mm (3.9“) mm (2.1“)

65 16 113
3“ 25 114 mm (4.5“)
80 16 133
' '
100 16 159
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A

SMS threaded socket
DN PN ∅D H2
DN PN ∅D H2
50 25 77,5 Approx. 52
2“ 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx. 52 mm (2.1“)
mm (2.1“) 65 25 91
+
2½“ 25 85 x 1/6 mm
+
80 16 106
3“ 25 98 x 1/6 mm
100 16 130
'
'
IDF socket with union nut

DN PN ∅D H2
2“ 25 77 mm (3“) Approx. 52
mm (2.1“)
+
2½“ 25 91 mm (3.6“)
3“ 25 106 mm (4.2“)
'
IDF threaded socket

DN PN ∅D H2
2“ 25 64 mm (2.5“) Approx. 52
mm (2.1“)
+
2½“ 25 77,5 mm (3.1“)

3“ 25 91 mm (3.6“)
'
2/46 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Transmitters for gage pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P300 and DS III series
with PMC connection – Technical description
■ Overview • Small long-term drift

• Wetted parts made of Hastelloy
• Infinitely adjustable spans from 30 mbar g to 16 bar g for DS III
with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 mbar g to 16 bar g for DS III
with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
• Infinitely adjustable spans from 30 mbar g to 16 bar g for
2
SITRANS P300 with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar g to 16 bar g for
SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA interface
• Parameterization over control keys and HART communication,
or over PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (DS
III only).
■ Application
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz ... 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of ca-
tegory "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
The SITRANS P300 and DS III pressure transmitters have been
fitted with special process connections for the paper industry. The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
With the two process connection threads 1½" and 1" flush at the keys or programmed externally over HART communication or
front, the SITRANS P300 and DS III transmitters can be used for over PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (only
all processes in the paper industry. DS III).
SITRANS P300 and DS III series pressure transmitters are digital SITRANS P, DS III series
pressure transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and
Measured variable: Gage pressure of aggressive and non-
high accuracy. The parameterization is performed using control
aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
keys, over HART communication, PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (DS III only). Span (infinitely adjustable)
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be For DS III HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar g (0.433 ... 232 psi g)
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. Nominal measuring range
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo- For DS III PA and FF: 1 ... 16 bar g (14.5 ... 232 psi g)
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmos- SITRANS P300
pheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corres- Span (infinitely adjustable)
ponding harmonized European standards (ATEX). For DS III HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar g (0.433 ... 232 psi g)
Various versions of the pressure transmitters are available for Nominal measuring range
measuring:
• Gage pressure For DS III PA: 1 ... 16 bar g (14.5 ... 232 psi g)
• Filling level
• Volume level
• Mass level
■ Benefits
• High quality and long life
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads, e.g. abrasion.
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Minimum conformity error
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/47

■ Design SITRANS P300

The device comprises:
SITRANS P, DS III series
• Electronics
• Housing
2 • Measuring cell
Device front view, SITRANS P DS III

The transmitter comprises a range of different components, de-
pending on the order specifications. The various options are lis- Perspective view of the SITRANS P300
ted in the ordering information. The components described be-
low are the same for all transmitters. The housing has a screwable cover (3), with or without an in-
spection window depending on the version. The electrical termi-
The rating plate (3, Figure "Front view") with the Order No. is lo- nal housing, the buttons for operation of the device and, depen-
cated on the side of the housing. The specified number together ding on the version, the digital display are located under this
with the ordering information provide details on the optional de- cover. The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield
sign details and on the possible measuring range (physical pro- are in the terminal housing. The cable gland is on the side of the
perties of built-in sensor element). housing. The measuring cell with the process connection (5) is
The approval label is located on the opposite side. located on the underside of the housing. Depending on the ver-
sion of the device, the measuring cell with the process connec-
The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre- tion may differ from the one shown in the diagram.
cision casting. A round cover is screwed on at the front and rear
of the housing. The front cover (6) can be fitted with a viewing
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the di-
gital display. The inlet (4) for the electrical connection is located
either on the left or right side. The unused opening on the oppo-
site side is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth con-
nection is located on the rear of the housing.
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
(1). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (8). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (5), which hides the
input keys.
2/48 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

■ Function Operation of the electronics with PROFIBUS PA communica-

tion
Operation of the electronics with PROFIBUS PA communica-
tion 9
8
0 0 00 0
8
9
0 0 00 0
M 00
2
M 00 2 3 4 5 7
mC PA
10 interface
2 3 4 5 Power supply
10
mC
PROFIBUS-PA
IA, UH
Power
PROFIBUS-DP
7 EEPROM supply
6 unit
HART interface Coup-
ler
Electronics
EEPROM 11
6 Bus-
1 6 Master
12
Electronics
EEPROM
1 6 Sensor
EEPROM
Sensor pe
Measuring cell
Pe
Measuring cell 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
1 Measuring cell sensor 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
2 Instrument amplifier 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
3 Analog-to-digital converter 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
4 Microcontroller each in the measuring cell
5 Digital-to-analog converter and electronics pe Input variable
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and electronics 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
7 HART interface
9 Digital display
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current Function diagram of electronics
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the instrument
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its line-
Function diagram of electronics arity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface (7).
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the instrument The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its linea- (6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the se-
rity and temperature response corrected, and converted in a di- cond with the electronics. This modular design means that the
gital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to 20 mA. electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
from one another.
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity.
Using the three input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from The results with status values and diagnostic values are transfer-
each other. red by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Parame-
terization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
quired for this.
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar g measure the in-
put pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
≥ 160 bar g compared to vacuum.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/49

Mode of operation of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus electronics Mode of operation of the measuring cell
9
Measuring cell for gage pressure with front-flush diaphragm
8
0 0 00 0
M 00
2 2 3 4 5 7
mC FF 5
interface
Power supply 4
10
1 1 Measuring cell
Power 2 Process connection
EEPROM supply
6 unit 3 Seal diaphragm
Coup- 4 Filling liquid
ler 5 Silicon pressure sensor
Electronics
1 6 2
3
p
EEPROM
e
Sensor
pe Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm, function

Measuring cell diagram
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys (2, Figure "Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush di-
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) aphragm for paper industry, function diagram") to the measuring
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further th-
5 Electrical isolation rough the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sili-
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable con pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
each in the measuring cell flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
and electronics
7 FF interface ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
pressure.
Function diagram of electronics

Parameterization
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for para-
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the instrument
meterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
the parameters.
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its line-
arity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the Parameterization using the input keys (local operation)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Interface (7). With the input keys you can easily set the most important para-
meters without any additional equipment.
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories Parameterization using HART communication
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other Parameterization using HART communication is performed with
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- a HART communicator or a PC.
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
each other.
+
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 W Power supply
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9). transmitter
The results with status values and diagnostic values are transfer- HART
red by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus. communicator
Parameterization data and error messages are transferred by
struments Configurator is required for this. Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure
transmitter
When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connec-
tion is made directly to the 2-wire system.
2/50 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS puts the DS III PA is in
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 W Power supply connection with a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC PSC 7.
transmitter Communication is possible even in a potentially explosive envi-
HART
PC or
laptop
ronment.
2
modem
RS 232 Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus Interface
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
transmitter the DS III FF is connected to a process control system. Commu-
nication is possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through
a HART modem. For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- Adjustable parameters for DS III PA and FF and P300 PA and FF
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. Adjustable parameters Input keys PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION
Adjustable parameter DS III HART and P300 HART Fieldbus interface
Parameters Input keys HART com- Electrical damping x x
munication
Zero adjustment (correction of x x
Start of scale x x position)
Full-scale value x x Key and/or function disabling x x
Electrical damping x x Source of measured-value dis- x x
Start-of-scale value without application x x play
of a pressure ("Blind setting") Physical dimension of display x x
Full-scale value without application of a x x Position of decimal point x x
pressure ("Blind setting")
Bus address x x
Zero adjustment x x
Current transmitter x x
Fault current x x
Disabling of keys, write protection x x1)
Diagnostic functions x
Characteristic (linear) x x
Input of characteristic x Diagnostic functions for DS III PA and FF and P300 PA and FF
Freely-programmable LCD x • Event counter
Diagnostics functions x • Slave pointer
1)
Diagnostic functions for DS III HART and P300 HART • Display of zero correction
• Zero correction display
• Event counter
• Saturation alarm Physical dimensions available for the display
• Slave pointer Physical variable Physical dimensions
• Simulation functions Pressure (setting can also be MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm,
• Maintenance timer made in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O,
mmH2O (4 °C), inH2O, inH20
Available physical units of display for DS III HART and P300 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C), mmHg, inHg
HART
Physical variable Physical dimensions Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
made in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O lmp, gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
(4 °C), mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), liquid
inHg, mmHg
Miscellaneous %
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
lmp, gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
liquid
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Miscellaneous %, mA
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/51

DS III series with PMC connection
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Input
max. permissible test pressure
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a (1.45 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set -
to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in Ω, -
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500 Ω (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100 Ω (HART Communicator)
With polarity reversal protection - Yes
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil filling,
(All error data refer always refer to the set room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span/set span)
span)
Error in measurement and fixed-point setting
(including hysteresis and repeatability)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ± 30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ 0.25% every 5 years
(± 54 °F))
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of medium temperature
Influence of mounting position ≤ 0.1 mbar g (0.00145 psi g) per 10° inclination
Measured Value Resolution - 3 ⋅ 10-5 of nominal measuring range
2/52 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65, IP68, NEMA X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150° C (302 °F)
Process temperature
Ambient conditions
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
2
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Permissible
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference im- To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
munity
Design
Weight (without options) ≈ 1.5 kg (≈ 3.3 lb)
Housing material Poor in copper die-cast aluminium, GD-AlSi12
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel
• Gasket (standard) PTFE flat gasket
• O-ring (minibolt) FPM (Viton) or optionally: FFPM or NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Process connection (standard) Front-flush, 1½", PMC Standard design
Process connection (minibolt) Front-flush, 1", minibolt design
Power supply UH Supplied through bus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avai- - Yes
lable
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/53

SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure with PMC connection Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
for the paper industry
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input, 1
HART communication function block PID
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω • Analog input
2
Protocol HART Version 5.x - Adaptation to customer-speci- Yes, linearly rising or falling cha-
- Electrical damping T63 , adjus- 0 ... 100 s
PROFIBUS PA communication table
Simultaneous communication with 4 - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked within
master class 2 (max.) the device with a bridge)
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good
tion (standard setting address value, substitute value, incorrect
126) value)
Cyclic data usage - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warning
• Output byte 5 (one measuring value) or tively
10 (two measuring values)
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating mode for flow measurement
• PID Standard FF function block
Internal preprocessing
• Physical block 1 Resource block
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process
Control Devices Version 3.0, Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
Class B calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Function blocks 2
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-speci- Yes, linearly rising or falling cha- two pressures
- Electrical damping T63 , adjus- 0 ... 100 s
table - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over paramete-
pressure value, sensor tempe- rizable ramp function
- Simulation function Input /Output rature and electronics tempera-
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (last good ture
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
tively
rect value)
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
temperature
2/54 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage 7MF 4 1 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitter for gage
pressure, with PMC connection pressure, with PMC connection
77777 - 7777
series DS III HART
DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series 7MF 4 1 3 4 -
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
2
cleaning DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 1 3 5 -
Silicone oil Standard 1 77777 - 7777
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
Span cleaning
0.01 ... 1 bar g1) (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g)1) B Silicone oil Standard 1
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) C Inert liquid Grease-free 3
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) D Nominal measuring range
Wetted parts materials 1 bar g1) (14.5 psi g)1) B
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 4 bar g (58 psi g) C
16 bar g (232 psi g) D
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Process connection
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2
• PMC Style Mini bolt: 1" front-flush (min. span: 3 Hastelloy Stainless steel B
500 mbar (7.25 psi), can not be ordered with mit Process connection
1-bar (14.5 psi) measuring cell (Option B))
• PMC Style Standard: front-flush 1½" 2
Non-wetted parts materials • PMC Style Mini bolt: front-flush 1" 3
• Housing made of die-cast aluminum 0 (min. span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi), can not be or-
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 dered with mit 1-bar (14.5 psi) measuring cell
(Option B))
Version
• Standard version 1 Non-wetted parts materials
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 • Housing made of die-cast aluminum 0
documentation in 5 languages on CD • Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Explosion protection Version
• None A • Standard version 1
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2
Electrical connection / cable entry documentation in 5 languages on CD
• Female thread M20x1.5 B
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C Explosion protection
• M12 connectors (metal) F • None A
Display Electrical connection / cable inlet

• Without indicator 0 • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Without visible digital indicator (digital indicator } 1 • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
hidden, setting: mA) • M12 connectors (metal) F
• With visible digital indication, setting: mA 6 Display
• With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7 • Without indicator 0
as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" • Without visible digital indicator (digital indicator } 1
required) hidden, setting: mA)
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation • With visible digital display 6
amplifiers". • With customer-specific digital display (setting as 7
Included in delivery of the device: specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
• Brief instructions (Leporello) Included in delivery of the device:
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation • Brief instructions (Leporello)
• Sealing ring • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
1)
• Sealing ring
Only with "PMC Style Standard" process connection
1) Only with "PMC Style Standard" process connection
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/55

code. code.
2
M12 cable sockets (metal) A50 9 9 9 Measuring range to be set Y01 9
Rating plate inscription Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
(instead of German)
• English B11 9 9 9
• French B12 9 9 9 Y15: ...........................................
• Spanish B13 9 9 9
• Italian B14 9 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Y16: ...........................................
Pressure units in inH20 or psi
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
bration) to IEC 60770-2 Y17: ...........................................
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
To EN 10204-3.1 units
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
To EN 10204-2.2 Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
Output signal can be set to upper limit of D05 9 9 9 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
22.0 mA mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
Mounting
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" threaded P01 9 9 9
connection Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
• Weldable socket for mini bolt connection 1" P02 9 9 9 non-pressure units Y01
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer) Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Preset bus address Y25 9 9
Y25: ...........
9 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
B line: A22 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
C line: Y21: bar (psi)
2/56 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

15
(0.6) 144 (567) 100 (3.94)
2
approx. 30 (1.18)
51 6 2
74 (2.9) (2.0)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

(3.15)
Ø 80
3
4 1)
Space for rotation

5 1) 77 (3)2)
of housing
H2
1
1 Process connection: PMC standard

2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection:
- screwed gland M20x1,5
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT
4 Terminal side
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys
7 Mounting bracket (option)
8 Sealing srew with valve (option)
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure, 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
not shown in the drawing) 2) 92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gage pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a
PMC Style standard
DN PN ∅D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P DS III up to a defined cross-sec-
tion 40.9 mm (1.6") Approx.
36.8 mm
+
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section (1.4’’)

0[ '

PMC Style minibolt

DN PN ∅D H2

26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
33.1 mm
(1.3’’)
+

'
2ULQJVXUIDFH
ERUHKROHPPಯZLWKRXWEXUU
PMC Style standard (left) and PMC Style minibolt (right) weldable so-
ckets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/57

SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
SITRANS P300 for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART PROFIBUS PA
Input
2 Measured variable Gage pressure (flush-mounted)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 100 mbar a (1.45 psi a)
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA signal
With polarity reversal protection No Yes
Electrical damping T63 (step width 0.1 s) Set to 0.1 s (0 ... 100 s)
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, measuring cell
(All error data refer always refer to the set with silicone oil, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F), span ratio (r = max. span/set span)
span)
Measurement deviation with cut-off point set-
ting, including hysteresis and repeatability.
Linear characteristic curve ≤ 0,075%
• r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
• 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
• 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Settling time T63 without electrical damping Approx. 0.2 s
Long-term drift at ±30 °C (±54 °F) ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)%/5 years ≤ 0.25%/5 years
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.2)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... 14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of the medium temperature (only
with front-flush diaphragm)
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
Climatic class
• Emitted interference and interfer. immunity To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Process temperature
2/58 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P300 for gage pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART PROFIBUS PA
Design
Weight (without options)
Housing material
Approx. 1 kg (2.2 lb)
Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4301/304
2
• Seal diaphragm Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC Supplied through bus
for intrinsically safe operation: 10.5 ... 30 V DC
Separate power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without EEx - 9 ... 32 V
• For intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) - Available
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T4, T5, T6
Permissible ambient temperature
Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi-
mum values: mum values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective inner inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li ≤ 7 μH
Explosion protection to FM for USA and
Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4 ... T6;
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6;
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/59

SITRANS P300 for gage pressure with PMC connection for the
paper industry
HART communication
HART communication 230 ... 1100 Ω
2 Protocol
Software for computer
HART Version 5.x
SIMATIC PDM
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with 4
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using configuration tool
Local operation
(standard setting Address 126)
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte One measuring value: 5 bytes
Two measuring values: 10 bytes
• Input byte Register operating mode: 1 bytes
Reset function due to metering.
1 bytes
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process
Class B
Function blocks 2
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specific Linearly rising or falling characteri-
process variables stic
- Electrical damping T63 0 ... 100 s adjustable
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset and preset
Optional direction of counting
Simulation function of the register
output
Transducer blocks 2
characteristic with
- Characteristic Linear
- Simulation function Available
• Transducer block "Electronic tem-
perature"
- Simulation function Available
2/60 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC
connection, single-chamber measuring housing, Further designs HART PA FF
rating plate inscription in English
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
4 ... 20 mA/HART F) 7 M F 8 1 2 3 - code.
PROFIBUS PA F) 7 M F 8 1 2 4 - Cable socket for M12 plug
• Metal A50 9 9
2
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) F) 7 M F 8 1 2 5 -
• Stainless steel A51 9 9
77777 - 7777
Rating plate inscription
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning (instead of English)
Silicone oil Standard 1 • German B10 9 9 9
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3 • French B12 9 9 9
DIN 25410
Span • Italian B14 9 9 9
1 bar g (14.5 psi g) B
English rating plate B21 9 9 9
4 bar g (58 psi g) C Pressure units in inH2O or psi
16 bar g (232 psi g) D
Wetted parts materials Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9 9
bration) to IEC 60770-2
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9
To EN 10204-3.1
Process connection
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2 Factory certificate C14 9 9 9
• PMC Style Mini bolt: 1" front-flush (min. span: 500 3 To EN 10204-2.2
mbar (7.25 psi), can not be ordered with mit 1-bar Set output signal to upper limit of 22.0 mA D05 9 9 9
(14.5 psi) measuring cell (Option B))
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9
Mounting
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4
polished • Weldable sockets for standard 1½" threaded P01 9 9 9
connection
Version • Weldable socket for mini bolt connection 1" P02 9 9 9
• Standard version 1 (incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer)
Explosion protection Additional data
• None A Add "-Z" to Order No. and
• With ATEX, Type of protection: specify Order code.
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B Measuring range to be set Y01 9
• Zone 20/21/221) C Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
• Ex nA/nL (zone 2)2) E Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection: Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
- "Intrinsic Safe (is)" (planned) M Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text: Y15:
Electrical connection / cable entry ......
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (Polyamide)3) A Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text: Y16:
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C ......
• M12 connector (without cable socket) F Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
• M12 connector (stainless steel, without cable socket) G Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
• ½-14 NPT thread, metal4) H Y17: ...........................................
• ½-14 NPT thread, stainless steel4) J Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
Display units
• Without display, with keys, closed lid1) 1 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
• With display and keys, closed lid 2 Note: The following pressure units can be
6 selected:
• With display and keys, lid with glass pane
(setting on HART devices: mA, bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
on PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus de- mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
vices: pressure unit) kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
7 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
• With display (setting acc. to specifications,
Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with Setting of pressure indication in non-pres- Y22 + 9
glass pane sure units Y01
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation 3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m , m, USg, ...
amplifiers". (specification of measuring range in pressure
Included in delivery of the device: units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 cha-
• Brief instructions (Leporello) racters)
• CD-ROM with detailed documentation Preset bus address Y25 9 9
• Sealing ring Specify in plain text:
1) Y25: .....................
2) Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
F or G.
3) 9 = available
Only together with HART electronics.
4)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/61

ෘ

+ $SSUR[

+ $SSUR[
r

SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gage pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
PMC Style Standard
DN PN ∅D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
40.4 mm (1.6") Approx.
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section 36.8 mm
+
(1.4’’)
0[

'

PMC Style Minibolt

DN PN ∅D H2

26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
33.1 mm
(1.3’’)
+
'
2ULQJVXUIDFH
ERUHKROHPPಯZLWKRXWEXUU
PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable so-
ckets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L
2/62 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Transmitters for gage, absolute and differential pressure, flow and level
DS III series
Technical description
■ Overview
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series, are digital pres- • Infinitely adjustable span from 0.01 mbar to 400 mbar for
sure transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high DS III with HART communication
accuracy. The parameterization is performed using control keys, • Nominal measuring range from 1 to 400 bar for DS III PA (PRO-
over HART communication, PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION FIBUS PA) and FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Fieldbus interface.
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be • Parameterization over control keys and HART communication,
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very PROFIBUS PA communication or FOUNDATION Fieldbus in-
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. terface.
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmos-
pheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
■ Application
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corres- The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
ponding harmonized European standards (ATEX). dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re- makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of high electromagnetic emissions.
highly viscous substances.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
Various versions of the DS III pressure transmitters are available "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
for measuring: mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
• Gage pressure provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
• Absolute pressure with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
• For differential pressure transmitters
• Filling level Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of ca-
• Mass level tegory "ia" and "ib".
• Volume level
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
• Volume flow mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
• Mass flow highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
■ Benefits keys or programmed externally over HART communication or
• High quality and long life over PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics wit-
hout recalibration
• Minimum conformity error
• Small long-term drift
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g. stainless
steel, Hastelloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/63

DS III series
Pressure transmitter for gage pressure
• Measured variable: Gage pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
■ Design
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
• Span (infinitely adjustable)
for DS III HART: 0.01 ... 400 bar g (0.145 ... 5802 psi g)
2 • Nominal measuring range
for DS III PA and FF: 1 ... 400 bar g (14.5 ... 5802 psi g)
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
• Measured variable: Absolute pressure of aggressive and non-
aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
• Span (infinitely adjustable)
for DS III HART: 8.3 mbar a ... 100 bar a (0.12 ... 1450 psi a)
• Nominal measuring range
for DS III PA and FF: 250 mbar a ... 100 bar a
(3.63 ... 1450 psi a)
• There are two series:
- Gage pressure series
- Differential pressure series
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow
• Measured variables:
- Differential pressure
- Small positive or negative pressure
- Flow q ~ √Δp (together with a primary differential pressure
device (see Chapter "Flow Meters"))
• Span (infinitely adjustable) Front view
for DS III HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
The transmitter consists of various components depending on
• Nominal measuring range the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
for DS III PA and FF: 20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi) mation. The components described below are the same for all
Pressure transmitters for level transmitters.
• Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive The rating plate (3, Figure "Front view") with the Order No. is lo-
liquids in open and closed vessels. cated on the side of the housing. The specified number together
• Span (infinitely adjustable) with the ordering information provide details on the optional de-
for DS III HART: 25 mbar ... 5 bar (0.363 ... 72.5 psi) sign details and on the possible measuring range (physical pro-
perties of built-in sensor element).
• Nominal measuring range
for DS III PA and FF: 250 mbar ... 5 bar (3.63 ... 72.5 psi) The approval label is located on the opposite side.
• Nominal diameter of the mounting flange The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre-
- DN 80 or DN 100 cision casting. A round cover is screwed on at the front and rear
- 3 inch or 4 inch of the housing. The front cover (6) can be fitted with a viewing
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the di-
In the case of level measurements in open containers, the low-
gital display. The inlet (4) for the electrical connection is located
pressure connection of the measuring cell remains open
either on the left or right side. The unused opening on the oppo-
(measurement "compared to atmospheric").
site side is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth con-
In the case of measurements in closed containers, the lower- nection is located on the rear of the housing.
pressure connection has to be connected to the container in or-
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
der to compensate the static pressure.
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depen- housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
ding on the degree of corrosion resistance required. (1). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (8). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (5), which hides the
input keys.
2/64 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
■ Function Operation of the electronics with PROFIBUS PA communica-

tion
Operation of the electronics with PROFIBUS PA communica-
tion 9
8
0 0 00 0
8
9
0 0 00 0
M 00
2
M 00 2 3 4 5 7
mC PA
10 interface
2 3 4 5 Power supply
10
mC
PROFIBUS-PA
IA, UH
Power
PROFIBUS-DP
7 EEPROM supply
6 unit
HART interface Coup-
ler
Electronics
EEPROM 11
6 Bus-
1 6 Master
12
Electronics
EEPROM
1 6 Sensor
EEPROM
Sensor pe
Measuring cell
Pe
Measuring cell 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
1 Measuring cell sensor 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
2 Instrument amplifier 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
3 Analog-to-digital converter 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
4 Microcontroller each in the measuring cell
5 Digital-to-analog converter and electronics pe Input variable
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and electronics 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
7 HART interface
9 Digital display
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current Function diagram of the electronics
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the instru-
ment amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter
(3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its
Function diagram of the electronics linearity and temperature response corrected, and provided on
the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface
(7).
ment amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
(3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its li- the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
nearity and temperature response corrected, and converted in a (6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the se-
digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to cond with the electronics. This modular design means that the
20 mA. electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
from one another.
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity.
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from The results with status values and diagnostic values are transfer-
each other. red by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Parame-
terization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
quired for this.
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans ≤ 63 bar measure the input
pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
≥ 160 bar compared to vacuum.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/65

DS III series
Mode of operation of the FOUNDATION Fieldbus electronics Mode of operation of the measuring cells
Measuring cell for gage pressure
9
8
0 0 00 0
M 00
2 2 3 4 5 7
mC FF 5
interface
4
Power supply
10 3
1 1 Measuring cell
Power 2 Process connection
EEPROM supply 3 Seal diaphragm
6 unit
4 Filling liquid
Coup-
ler 5 Silicon pressure sensor
Electronics
2
1 6
p
e
EEPROM
Sensor
Measuring cell for gage pressure, function diagram

pe
Measuring cell The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gage pressure, function diagram) to
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
5 Electrical isolation then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resis-
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable tors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in re-
each in the measuring cell sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the in-
and electronics
7 FF interface put pressure.
Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for

Function diagram of the electronics paper industry
ment amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter
(3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its
linearity and temperature response corrected, and provided on
the FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Interface (7). 5
4
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories 1 1 Measuring cell
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other 2 Process connection
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- 3 Seal diaphragm
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from 4 Filling liquid
5 Silicon pressure sensor
each other. pe Pressure as input variable
transmitter directly at the point of measurement. The input keys 2
can also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- 3
p
sages and the operating modes on the digital display (9). e
The results with status values and diagnostic values are transfer-
red by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus.
Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper in-
Parameterization data and error messages are transferred by dustry, function diagram
struments Configurator is required for this. The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gage pressure, with front-flush dia-
phragm for paper industry, function diagram") to the measuring
cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further th-
rough the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sili-
con pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
pressure.
2/66 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from gage pressure series Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow
2 3 4
5
1
2
Seal diaphragm
O-ring 2
3 Overload diaphragm
4 4 Silicon pressure sensor
1 - + 1 5 Process flange
3
5 6 Body of measuring cell
1 7 Filling liquid
1 Measuring cell
3 Seal diaphragm 7 6
4 Filling liquid
5 Silicon absolute pressure sensor
pe Absolute pressure as input variable
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
2
pe The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
pressure sensor (4).
The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the pressure series, function pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
diagram fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
The absolute pressure pe is transmitted through the seal dia- tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
phragm (3, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the lute pressure.
gage pressure series, function diagram") and the filling liquid (4) An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
to the silicon absolute pressure sensor (5) whose measuring di- overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
aphragm is then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure
change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage proporti- sensor from overloads.
onal to the input pressure.
Measuring cell for level
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure
series
3 4 5 6 7
2
2 3 4 1 Reference vacuum 8
2 Overload diaphragm
+
3 Silicon pressure sensor -
4 O-ring
5 5 Process flange
6 Seal diaphragm 1 10
1 pe 7 Body of measuring cell 9
6 8 Filling liquid
pe Absolute pressure as
input variable 1 Flange with tube 6 Silicon pressure sensor
8 7 2 Seal diaphragm on 7 O-ring
mounting flange 8 Process flange
3 Seal diaphragm 9 Filling liquid
4 Body of measuring cell 10 Capillary with filling liquid
5 Overload diaphragm of mounting flange
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure series,

function diagram
The input pressure pe is transmitted through the seal diaphragm Measuring cell for level, function diagram
(6, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically on
pressure series, function diagram") and the filling liquid (8) to the the measuring cell through the seal diaphragm on the mounting
silicon pressure sensor (3). flange (2, Figure "Measuring cell for level, function diagram").
This differential pressure is subsequently transmitted further th-
The difference in pressure between the input pressure pe and
rough the measuring cell (3) and the filling liquid (9) to the silicon
the reference vacuum (1) on the low-pressure side of the measu-
pressure sensor (6) whose measuring diaphragm is then flexed.
ring cell flexes the measuring diaphragm. The resistance of the
four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in
thus changes. This change in resistance results in a bridge out- the diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
put voltage proportional to the absolute pressure. This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage pro-
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from portional to the differential pressure.
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di- An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
sensor from overloads. of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure
sensor from overloads.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/67

DS III series
Parameterization DS III Diagnostic functions for DS III HART
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for para- • Zero correction display
meterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning • Event counter
the parameters. • Limit transmitter
Parameterization using the input keys (local operation)
2
With the input keys you can easily set the most important para- • Slave pointer
meters without any additional equipment. • Simulation functions
Parameterization using HART communication • Maintenance timer
Parameterization using HART communication is performed with Available physical units of display for DS III HART
a HART communicator or a PC.
Table style: Technical specifications 2
+
Pressure (setting can also Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
be made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 W Power supply mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
transmitter
HART Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
communicator gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,
Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure transm.
ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connec- Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s, g/d,
tion is made directly to the 2-wire system. g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
Miscellaneous %, mA
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 W Power supply Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
transmitter
PC or Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
HART laptop particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS puts the DS III PA is in
modem connection with a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC PSC 7.
Communication is possible even in a potentially explosive envi-
RS 232 ronment.
transmitter Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus Interface
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
a HART modem. particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the the DS III FF is connected to a process control system. Commu-
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- nication is possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
Adjustable parameters, DS III HART need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Parameters Input keys HART com- Adjustable parameters for DS III PA and FF
(DS III HART) munication Parameters Input keys PROFIBUS PA and
Start of scale x x (DS III HART) FOUNDATION
Fieldbus interface
Full-scale value x x
Start-of-scale value without application x x Zero adjustment (correction of x x
of a pressure ("Blind setting") position)
Full-scale value without application of a x x Key and/or function disabling x x
pressure ("Blind setting") Source of measured-value dis- x x
Zero adjustment x x play
Current transmitter x x Physical dimension of display x x
Fault current x x Position of decimal point x x
Disabling of keys, write protection x x1) Bus address x x
Characteristic (linear / square-rooted) x2) x2)
Diagnostics functions x Diagnostics functions x
1)
2)
Only differential pressure
2/68 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
Diagnostic functions for DS III PA and FF
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
2
• Display of zero correction
Physical dimensions available for the display
Pressure (setting can also MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
be made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C), mmHg,
inHg
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
Total mass flow t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Miscellaneous %
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/69

DS III series
for gage pressure
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage pressure
Input
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a (0.435 psi a)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid 30 mbar a (0.435 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span (max. 160 bar g (2320 psi g) with oxygen measurement and inert liquid)
Output
signal
to 22.0 mA
Load
(All error data refer always refer to the set room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span/set span)
span)
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ 0.25% every 5 years
(±54 °F))
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
(at 700 bar: ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.2)%)
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
2/70 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
for gage pressure
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
2
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protec- -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
tion
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Digital indicators -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Emitted interference and interference To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
immunity
Design
Housing material Poor in copper die-cast aluminium, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. No. 1.4408
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar (2320 psi g) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection Connection shank G½A to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange (PN 160
(MWP 2320 psi g)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Material of the mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel Stainless steel, Mat. No. 1.4301 (SS304)
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ...24 V
Current consumption
lable
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/71

DS III series
for gage pressure
2
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 99 ATEX 2122
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx ia/ib IIB/IIC T6
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with maxi- FISCO supply unit:
mum values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 μH, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Identification Ex II 1/2 G EEx d IIC T4/T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Identification Ex II 1 D IP65 T 120 °C
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max.surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 Ω Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC;
Pmax = 1.2 W Pmax = 1.2 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) TÜV 01 ATEX 1696 X Planned
- Identification Ex II 3 G EEx nA L IIC T4/T5/T6 -
• Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD
T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
2/72 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
for gage pressure

• Analog input
racteristic 2
value)

table
value) ture
tively
rect value)
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/73

DS III series
for gage pressure
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage 7MF 4 0 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage 7MF 4 0 3 3 -
pressure, series DS III HART pressure, series DS III HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Display
2
cleaning • Without indicator 0
Silicone oil Standard } 1 • Without visible digital indicator (digital indicator } 1
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 hidden, setting: mA)
Span • With visible digital indicator, setting: mA 6
0.01 ... 1 bar g (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) } B • with customer-specific digital indicator 7
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) } C (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) } D required)
0.63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) } E }Available ex stock
1.6 ... 160 bar g (23.2 ... 2320 psi g) } F
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
4.0 ... 400 bar g (58.0 ... 5802 psi g) } G
amplifiers".
7,0 ... 700 bar g (102.0 ...10153 psi g) } J
Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
Wetted parts materials 2/142.
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Included in delivery of the device:
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A • Brief instructions (Leporello)
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
Hastelloy Hastelloy C 1)
For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) Y 2)
When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
Process connection ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 } 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 3)
Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-connec-
• Oval flange made of stainless steel ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 the corresponding seals.
4)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 Not together with Electrical connection „Screwed gland Pg 13.5“ and
„Han7D plug“.
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 5)
Without cable gland, with blanking plug
• Male thread M20 x 1,5 5 6)
With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
• Male thread ½-14 NPT 6 7)
Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and type of protection
"Ex nA".
Non-wetted parts materials 8) Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium } 0 "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
• Housing stainless steel precision casting4) 3
Version
• International version, English label inscriptions, } 2
documentation in 5 languages on CD
• Without A
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 5) D
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof enclosure P
(EEx ia + EEx d)" 6)
- "Ex nA/nL (zone 2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and } R
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
Zone 1D/2D)" 6)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 5)
• Screwed gland Pg 13.5 (adapter) 7) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 } B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector 7)
• M12 connector (metall) 8) F
2/74 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
for gage pressure
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage
pressure pressure
DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series 7MF 4 0 3 4 - DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series 7MF 4 0 3 4 -
2
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 0 3 5 - DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 0 3 5 -
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777

cleaning • Without indicator 0
Silicone oil Standard 1 • Without visible digital indicator (digital indicator } 1
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 hidden, setting: mA)
• With visible digital indicator 6
Nominal measuring range
• With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
1 bar g (14.5 psi g) B as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
4 bar g (58 psi g) C
16 bar g (232 psi g) D Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
2/142.
63 bar g (914 psi g) E
The device is delivered together with brief instructions (Leporello) and a
160 bar g (2320 psi g) F
CD-ROM containing detailed documentation.
400 bar g (5802 psi g) G
700 bar g (10153 psi g) J 1)
2)
Wetted parts materials ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
Seal diaphragm Process connection order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 3)
Hastelloy Stainless steel B ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
Hastelloy Hastelloy C the corresponding seals.
4)
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) Y Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
5) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
Process connection 6) Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
• Connection shank G½A to EN 837-1 0 "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Oval flange made of stainless steel
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
- Mounting thread M12 nach DIN 19213 4
• Male thread M20 x 1,5 5
• Male thread ½-14 NPT 6
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Without A
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
Zone 1D/2D)" 6) (not for DS III FF)
(is + xp)" 5)
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Plug M12 (metal) 6) F
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/75

DS III series
for gage pressure
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting bra-
cket made of: Measuring range to be set Y01 9
2 • Steel
• Stainless steel
A01
A02
9
9
9
9
9
9
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Plug Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Y15: ...........................................
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Rating plate inscription Y16: ...........................................
(instead of German)
• English B11 9 9 9 Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
• French B12 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
• Italian B14 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
units
English rating plate B21 9 9 9
Pressure units in inH2O or psi Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9 9 Note:
bration) to IEC 60770-2 1) The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Acceptance test certificate2) C12 9 9 9 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
To EN 10204-3.1 kg/cm2, Torr, ATM oder %
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
To EN 10204-2.2 Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate 9 non-pressure units Y01
C20
"PROFIsafe“ certificate and protocol C21 9 Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
Setting of upper limit of output signal to 9 (specification of measuring range in
D05
22.0 mA pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9
Preset bus address Y25 9
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 (possible between 1 and 126)
(not together with 7D/ Specify in plain text:
Han 8U plug, cable gland Pg 13.5) Y25: .....................
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
(only together with the devices 7MF4033- 9 = available
....0-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01)
Ordering example
Supplied with oval flange D37 9 9 9
Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
of oval flange B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9 C line: Y21: bar (psi)
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
Oxygen application E10 9 9 9
(max. 120 bar g (1740 psi g) at 60°C (140 °F)
for oxygen measurement and inert liquid)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to INME- E25 9 9 9
TRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E55 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
1)
2)
2/76 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
for gage pressure
15 55
144 (5.67) (2.2) approx 30 (1.2)
4) 100 (3.94)
(0.6)
2
74 51 28 6 2
(2.0) (1.1)
(2.9)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80
117 (4.6)
3
171 (6.7)
237 (9.3)
1)
1) 4 8
5
68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)
(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
5) 7
min. 90 (3.6)
ø 50 ... 60 105 (4.1)

(1.97 ... 2.36)
1 Process connection:
- ½-14 NPT,
- connection shank G½B or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
- screwed gland M20x1,5 4),
- screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
- PROFIBUS-Stecker M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronic side, digital display (longer overall
length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
7 Mounting bracket (option) 2) Minimum distance for rotating
8 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 3) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA"
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for gage pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/77

DS III series
for gage pressure
15 55
144 (5.67) (2.2) ca. 30 (1.2)
4) 100 (3.94)
(0.6)
74 51 28 ca. 96 (3.78) 6 2
(2.0) (1.1)
(2.9)
(0.8)
20
2
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80
117 (4.6)
3 3
171 (6.7)
237 (9.3)
1)
1) 4 8
5
68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)
(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
5) 7
min. 77 (3.0)
ø 50 ... 60 105 (4.1)

(1.97 ... 2.36)
- ½-14 NPT,
- onnection shankG½B or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter)2) 3),
- Han 7D/ Han 8U 2) 3) plug
4 Terminal side
length for cover with window) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
6 Protective cover over keys 2) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
7 Mounting bracket (option) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + xp]"
8 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 4) For Pg 13,5 with adapter approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch)
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 5) Minimum distance for rotating
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for gage pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/78 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series for gage and absolute pressure,
with front-flush diaphragm
SITRANS P, DS III series for gage and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Input gage pressure, with front-flush
diaphragm
Measured variable Gage pressure, flush-mounted
2
Lower measuring limit -100 mbar a (-1.45 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span 100% of nominal measuring range
Input absolute pressure, with front-flush
diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure, flush-mounted
0,16 ... 5 bar a 30 bar a 5 bar a 30 bar a
(2.32 ... 72,5 psi a) (435 psi a) (72,5 psi a) (435 psi a)
Depending on the process connection, the span Je nach Prozessanschluss kann die Mess-
may differ from these values spanne von diesen Werten abweichen
Lower measuring limit 100 mbar a (1.45 psi a)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span 100% of nominal measuring range
Output
signal
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally -
set to 22.0 mA
Load
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil fil-
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) ling, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span/set span)
Gage pressure, Absolute pressure, Gage pressure, Absolute pressure,
front-flushed front-flushed front-flushed front-flushed
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0,075% ≤ 0,2%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)% ≤ 0,2%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)% ≤ 0,4%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)% -
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 ≤ 0.25% every 5 years
(±54 °F)) years
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/79

• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.2)% ≤ (0,2 ⋅ r + 0,3)% ≤ 0,3% ≤ 0,5%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ (0,2 ⋅ r + 0,3)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K ≤ 0,5%/10 K
2
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Influence of mounting position 0.1 mbar g (0.00145 psi g) per 10° inclination
Influence of the medium temperature (only with
front-flush diaphragm)
• Temperature difference between medium tem- 3 mbar/10 K (0.04 psi/10 K)
perature and ambient temperature
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid (not with front- -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
flush diaphragm)
(with Neobee: -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
Climatic class
• Emitted interference and interference immunity To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Process temperature
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (with front-flush -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperatu- -40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
re isolator (only with front-flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with high temperature oil -10 ... +250 °C (14 ... +482 °F)
Design
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
2/80 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

2
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
Current consumption
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3,
directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Hygiene version
In the case of SITRANS P DSIII with 7MF413x front-flush dia-
phragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of
EHEDG.
.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/81


• Analog input
racteristic

value)

table
value) ture
tively
rect value)
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
temperature
2/82 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage and F) 7 M F 4 1 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gage
absolute pressure, front-flush membrane, pressure, front-flush membrane
77777 - 7777
series DS III HART
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) F) 7 M F 4 1 3 4 -
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
2
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) F) 7 M F 4 1 3 5 -
cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1 77777 - 7777
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
FDA compliant fill fluid cleaning
• Neobee oil Standard 4 Silicone oil Standard 1
Span Inert liquid Grease-free 3
0.01 ... 1 bar g1) (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g)1) B FDA compliant fill fluid
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) C • Neobee oil Standard 4
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) D Nominal measuring range
0.63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) E 1 bar g1) (14.5 psi g)1) B
13 ... 1300 mbar a2) (0.19 ... 18.9 psi a)2) S 4 bar g (58 psi g) C
0.05 ... 5 bar a2) (0.7 ... 72.5 psi a)2) T 16 bar g (232 psi g) D
3 ... 30 bar a2) (43.5 ... 435 psi a)2) U 63 bar g (914 psi g) E
Wetted parts materials 1300 mbar a2) (18.9 psi a)2) S
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 5 bar a2) (72.5 psi a)2) T
30 bar a2) (435 psi a)2) U
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Process connection
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or 7
Q.. Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Non-wetted parts materials Process connection
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0 • Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or 7
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 Q..
Version Non-wetted parts materials
• Standard version 1 • Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 • Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
documentation in 5 languages on CD Version
Explosion protection • Standard version 1
• Without A • International version, English label inscriptions, 2
• With ATEX, Type of protection: documentation in 5 languages on CD
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B Explosion protection
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)" 3) D • Without A
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R • With ATEX, Type of protection:
dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d + - "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B
Zone 1D/2D)"4)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC dust explosion protection (EEx ia + EEx d +
(is + xp)"3) (available soon) Zone 1D/2D)"4)
Electrical connection / cable entry • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
• Inner thread M20x1.5 B - "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C (is + xp)"3) (available soon)
• M12 connectors (metal) 5) F Electrical connection / cable entry
Display • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1 • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
6 • M12 connectors (metal) 5) F
• with visible digital indication, setting: mA
7 Display
• with customer-specific digital indication (setting
as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" • Without (digital display hidden) 1
required) • With visible digital display 6
• With customer-specific digital display (setting as 7
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
amplifiers".
Included in delivery of the device: • Brief instructions (Leporello)
• Brief instructions (Leporello) • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
1) Only with "Standard" process connection
1) Only with "Standard" process connection 2) Not with temperature decoupler P00 and P10, not for process connections
2) Not with temperature decoupler P00 and P10, not for process connections R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with sili-
R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with silicone oil.
cone oil. 3)
3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Without cable gland, with blanking plug. 4)
4) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug. 5)
5) Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
Cannot be used together with the following types of protection: "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
"Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/83

code. code.
9 9 9 Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C4) 9 9 9
2
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 P00
for version with front-flush diaphragm
(instead of German) Temperature decoupler up to 250 °C P10 9 9 9
Measuring cell filling: High-temperature oil,
• English B11 9 9 9 only in conjunction with measuring cell filling
• French B12 9 9 9 silicone oil
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Bio-Control (Neumo) sanitary connection
• Italian B14 9 9 9 certified to EHEDG
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 • DN 50, PN 16 Q53 9 9 9
Pressure units in inH2O or psi • DN 65, PN 16 Q54 9 9 9
Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9 9
bration) to IEC 60770-2 • 65 mm, PN 40 M32 9 9 9
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 SMS socket with union nut

To EN 10204-3.1 • 2“ M67 9 9 9
• 2½“ M68 9 9 9
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 • 3“ M69 9 9 9
To EN 10204-2.2 SMS threaded socket
"PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9 • 2“ M73 9 9 9
• 2½“ M74 9 9 9
Flanges to EN 1092-1
• 3“ M75 9 9 9
• DN 25, PN 401) M11 9 9 9
• DN 25, PN 1001) M21 9 9 9 IDF socket with union nut ISO 2853
• DN 40, PN 40 M13 9 9 9 • 2“ M82 9 9 9
• DN 40, PN 100 M23 9 9 9 • 2½“ M83 9 9 9
• DN 50, PN 16 M04 9 9 9 • 3“ M84 9 9 9
• DN 50, PN 40 M14 9 9 9 IDF threaded socket ISO 2853
• DN 80, PN 16 M06 9 9 9 • 2“ M92 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 40 M16 9 9 9 • 2½“ M93 9 9 9
Flanges to ASME B16.5 • 3“ M94 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 1" class 1501) M40 9 9 9 Sanitary process connection to
• Stainless steel flange 1½" class 150 M41 9 9 9 NEUMO Bio-Connect screw connection
• Stainless steel flange 2" class 150 M42 9 9 9 certified to EHEDG
• Stainless steel flange 3" class 150 M43 9 9 9 • DN 50, PN 16 Q05 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 4" class 150 M44 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 16 Q06 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 1" class 3001) M45 9 9 9 • DN 80, PN 16 Q07 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 1½" class 300 M46 9 9 9 • DN 100, PN 16 Q08 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 2" class 300 M47 9 9 9 • DN 2“, PN 16 Q13 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 3" class 300 M48 9 9 9 • DN 2½“, PN 16 Q14 9 9 9
• Stainless steel flange 4" class 300 M49 9 9 9 • DN 3“, PN 16 Q15 9 9 9
• DN 4“, PN 16 Q16 9 9 9
Threaded connection acc. to DIN 3852-2,
Sanitary process connection to
Form A
NEUMO Bio-Connect flange connection
• G ¾“, flush-mounted2) R01 9 9 9 certified to EHEDG
• G 1“, flush-mounted2) R02 9 9 9 • DN 50, PN 16 Q23 9 9 9
• G 2“, flush-mounted2) R04 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 16 Q24 9 9 9
Tank connection3) • DN 80, PN 16 Q25 9 9 9
Sealing is included in delivery • DN 100, PN 16 Q26 9 9 9
• TG 52/50, PN 40 R10 9 9 9 • DN 2“, PN 16 Q31 9 9 9
• TG 52/150, PN 40 R11 9 9 9 • DN 2½“, PN 16 Q32 9 9 9
Sanitary process connection according • DN 3“, PN 16 Q33 9 9 9
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection) • DN 4“, PN 16 Q34 9 9 9
• DN 50, PN 25 N04 9 9 9 Sanitary process connection to
• DN 80, PN 25 N06 9 9 9 NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp connection
Tri-Clamp connection according certified to EHEDG
DIN 32676/ISO 2852 • DN 50, PN 16 Q39 9 9 9
• DN 50/2“, PN 16 N14 9 9 9 • DN 65, PN 10 Q40 9 9 9
• DN 65/3“, PN 10 N15 9 9 9 • DN 80, PN 10 Q41 9 9 9
• DN 100, PN 10 Q42 9 9 9
Varivent connection
certified to EHEDG • DN 2½“, PN 16 Q48 9 9 9
• Type N = 68 for Varivent housing N28 9 9 9 • DN 3“, PN 10 Q49 9 9 9
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40 • DN 4“, PN 10 Q50 9 9 9
2/84 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

code. code.
9
2
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Measuring range to be set Y01
Connect S flange connection Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
certified to EHEDG Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• DN 50, PN 16 Q63 9 9 9
• DN 65, PN 10 Q64 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 10 Q65 9 9 9 Y15: ...........................................
• DN 100, PN 10 Q66 9 9 9
• DN 2“, PN 16 Q72 9 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
• DN 2½“, PN 10 Q73 9 9 9 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
• DN 3“, PN 10 Q74 9 9 9
• DN 4“, PN 10 Q75 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21 9 9 9
units
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
Form A Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• DN 50, PN 25 N33 9 9 9 Note:
• DN 65, PN 25 N34 9 9 9 The following pressure units can be selected:
• DN 80, PN 25 N35 9 9 9 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
• DN 100, PN 25 N36 9 9 9 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM oder %
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
Form A
• DN 50, PN 16 N43 9 9 9 Preset bus address Y25 9
• DN 65, PN 16 N44 9 9 9 (possible between 1 and 126)
• DN 80, PN 16 N45 9 9 9
Y25: .....................
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 9 9 9
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2
Form A 9 = available
• DN 50, PN 16 N43 + 9 9 9 Ordering example
P11 Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
• DN 65, PN 16 N44 + 9 9 9 B line: A22 + Y01 + Y21
P11
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
• DN 80, PN 16 N45 + 9 9 9
P11 C line: Y21: bar (psi)
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 + 9 9 9
P11
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3
Form A
• DN 50, PN 25 N53 9 9 9
• DN 65, PN 25 N54 9 9 9
• DN 80, PN 16 N55 9 9 9
• DN 100, PN 16 N56 9 9 9
1)
Special Viton seal included in delivery.
2) Lower measuring limit -100 mbar g (1.45 psi g).
3) The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories
4) The maximum temperatures of the medium depend on the respective cell
fillings.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/85

DSSUR[
+ DSSUR[

6SDFHIRUURWDWLRQ
90 (3.6)
RIKRXVLQJ
3URFHVV FRQQHFWLRQ VHH IODQJH WDEOHV

%ODQNLQJ SOXJ
(OHFWULFDO FRQQHFWLRQ
VFUHZHGJODQG0[
VFUHZHGJODQG137
7HUPLQDO VLGH
(OHFWURQLFV VLGH GLJLWDO GLVSOD\ ORQJHU RYHUDOO OHQJWK IRU FRYHU
WKZLQGRZ
ZL $OORZ DSSUR[ PP LQFK
3URWHFWLYH FRYHU RYHU NH\V WKUHDGOHQJWKLQDGGLWLRQ
6FUHZ FRYHU VDIHW\ EUDFNHW RQO\ IRU H[SORVLRQSURRI HQFORVXUH PP LQFK IRU PLQLPXP GLVWDQFH
QRWVKRZQLQWKHGUDZLQJ WRSHUPLWURWDWLRQZLWKLQGLFDWRU
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for gage pressure, with front-flush diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a NuG and pharmaceutical connections
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2. Connections to DIN
H1 = Height of the SITRANS DS III up to a defined cross-section DIN 11851 (Dairy connection)
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section DN PN ∅D H2
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges. 50 25 92 mm (3.6“) Approx.
+
52 mm (2“)
80 25 127 mm (5.0“)
Flanges to EN and ASME

'
Flanges to EN
EN 1092-1 Tri-Clamp according DIN 32676
25 40 115 mm (4.5“) Approx. 50 16 64 mm (2.5“) Approx.
+
52 mm (2“)
+
25 100 140 mm (5.5“) 52 mm (2“) 65 16 91 mm (3.6“)

40 40 150 mm (5.9“)
'
40 100 170 mm (6.7“)
50 16 165 mm (6.5“) '
50 40 165 mm (6.5“)
Other connections
80 16 200 mm (7.9“)
80 40 200 mm (7.9“) Varivent connection
DN PN ∅D H2
Flanges to ASME 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx.

+
(3.3“) 52 mm (2“)
ASME B16.5
DN class ∅D H2 '
1“ 150 110 mm (4.3“) Approx.
+
1“ 300 125 mm (4.9“) 52 mm (2“) Bio-Control connection

1½“ 150 130 mm (5.1“) DN PN ∅D H2
'
1½“ 300 155 mm (6.1“)
2“ 150 150 mm (5.9“) 50 16 90 mm (3.5“) Approx.
+
52 mm (2“)
2“ 300 165 mm (6.5“) 65 16 120 mm (4.7“)
3“ 150 190 mm (7.5“)
3“ 300 210 mm (8.1“) '
4“ 150 230 mm (9.1“)
4“ 300 255 mm (10.0“)
2/86 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Sanitary process connection to DRD Thread connection G2“ to DIN 3852

50 40 105 mm (4.1“) Approx. 2“ 63 78 mm (3.1“) Approx.
+
52 mm (2“) 52 mm (2“)
+
'
'
2
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
Tank connection TG52/50
DN PN ∅D H2
DN PN ∅D H2
50 16 82 mm (3.2“) Approx.
52 mm (2“) 25 40 63 mm (2.5“) Approx.
+
65 16 105 mm (4.1“) 63 mm
(2.5“)
+
80 16 115 mm (4.5“)
100 16 145 mm (5.7“)
'
2“ 16 82 mm (3.2“) '
2½“ 16 105 mm (4.1“)
3“ 16 105 mm (4.1“)
4“ 16 145 mm (5.7“) SMS socket with union nut
DN PN ∅D H2
2“ 25 84 mm (3.3“) Approx. 52
Sanitary connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect mm (2.1“)
+
flange connection 2½“ 25 100 mm (3.9“)

DN PN ∅D H2 3“ 25 114 mm (4.5“)
50 16 110 mm (4.3“) Approx. '
+
52 mm (2“)
65 16 140 mm (5.5“)
' 80 16 150 mm (5.9“)
100 16 175 mm (6.9“) SMS threaded socket
2“ 16 100 mm (3.9“) DN PN ∅D H2
2½“ 16 110 mm (4.3“) 2“ 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx. 52

mm (2.1“)
2½“ 25 85 x 1/6 mm
+
3“ 16 140 mm (5.5“)
4“ 16 175 mm (6.9“) 3“ 25 98 x 1/6 mm
'
Sanitary connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect

clamp connection
IDF socket with union nut
DN PN ∅D H2
DN PN ∅D H2
50 16 77,4 mm (3.0“) Approx.
2“ 25 77 mm (3“) Approx. 52
52 mm (2“)
65 10 90,9 mm (3.6“) mm (2.1“)
+
+
2½“ 25 91 mm (3.6“)
80 10 106 mm (4.2“)
3“ 25 106 mm (4.2“)
100 10 119 mm (4.7“)
'
2“ 16 64 mm (2.5“) '
2½“ 16 77,4 mm (3.0“)

3“ 10 90,9 mm (3.6“) IDF threaded socket
4“ 10 119 mm (4.7“) DN PN ∅D H2
2“ 25 64 mm (2.5“) Approx. 52
mm (2.1“)
+
Sanitary connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S 2½“ 25 77,5 mm (3.1“)

flange connection 3“ 25 91 mm (3.6“)
DN PN ∅D H2
'
50 16 125 mm (4.9“) Approx.
+
52 mm (2“)
65 10 145 mm (5.7“)
' 80 10 155 mm (6.1“)
100 10 180 mm (7.1“)
2“ 16 125 mm (4.9“)
2½“ 10 135 mm (5.3“)
3“ 10 145 mm (5.7“)
4“ 10 180 mm (7.1“)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/87

Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A

DN PN ∅D H2
50 25 78 x 1/6“ Approx. 52
mm (2.1“)
65 25 95 x 1/6“
2
+
80 25 110 x ¼“
100 25 130 x ¼“
'
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A

DN PN ∅D H2
50 16 94 Approx. 52
+
mm (2.1“)
65 16 113
80 16 133
'
100 16 159
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A

DN PN ∅D H2
50 16 94 Approx. 52
+
mm (2.1“)
65 16 113
80 16 133
'
100 16 159
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A

DN PN ∅D H2
50 25 77,5 Approx. 52
mm (2.1“)
65 25 91
+
80 16 106
100 16 130
'
2/88 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series for absolute pressure
(from gage pressure series)
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gage pressure series)
Input
Measured variable Absolute pressure 2
8.3 ... 250 mbar a 6 bar a 250 mbar a 6 bar a
160 ... 5000 mbar a 30 bar a 5 bar a 30 bar a
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a (0 psi a)
Output
signal
to 22.0 mA
Load
(All error data refer always refer to the set room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
span)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0.1%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)%/year ≤ 0.1%/year
(±54 °F))
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r +0.2)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/89

2 Process temperature
tion
Ambient conditions
• Climatic class
munity
Design
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar a (2320 psi a) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection Connection shank G½A to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange (PN 160
(MWP 2320 psi a)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
lable
2/90 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

2
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/91


• Analog input
racteristic

value)

table
value) ture
tively
rect value)
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
temperature
2/92 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Selection and Ordering data Order No. 1)

2)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute F) 7 M F 4 2 3 3 - Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a)
3)
pressure, from the pressure series DS III HART When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
77777 - 7777 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2
cleaning 4)
Silicone oil Standard 1 ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 the corresponding seals.
5)
Not together with Electrical connection „Screwed gland Pg 13.5“ and
Span „Han7D plug“.
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) D 6)
Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) F 7)
With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
8)
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) G Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and type of protection
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H "Ex nA".
9)
Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
Wetted parts materials and explosion-proof"
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version for diaphragm seal2)3)4) Y
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• Without A
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"6) D
(EEx ia + EEx d)"7)
Zone 1D/2D)"7)
(is + xp)" 6)
• Screwed gland Pg 13.58) A
connector8)
• Plug M12 (metal)9) F
Display
• Without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1
as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
amplifiers".
2/142.
• Brief instructions (Leporello)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/93


2)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
3)
pressure (from the gage pressure series) When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) F) 7 M F 4 2 3 4 - order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
2
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) F) 7 M F 4 2 3 5 - 4)
77777 - 7777 ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell 5)
cleaning 6)
Silicone oil Standard 1 7) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 and explosion-proof"
Nominal measuring range F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) D
1300 mbar a (18.9 psi a) F
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) G
30 bar a (435 psi a) H
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version as diaphragm seal2)3)4) Y
Process connection
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Without A
(EEx ia + EEx d)"6)
Zone 1D/2D)"6) (not for DS III FF)
(is + xp)"5)
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector7) F
Display
• Without (digital display hidden) 1
2/142.
2/94 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

code. code.
9
2
Pressure transmitter with mounting bra- Measuring range to be set Y01
cket made of: Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
• Steel A01 9 9 9 Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
Plug Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 Y15: ...........................................
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
(instead of German) Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
• English B11 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
• French B12 9 9 9
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
• Italian B14 9 9 9 units
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Pressure units in inH2O or psi Note:
Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9 9 The following pressure units can be selected:
bration) to IEC 60770-2 1) bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Acceptance test certificate2) C12 9 9 9 kg/cm2, Torr, ATM oder %
To EN 10204-3.1 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9 9 9
To EN 10204-2.2 non-pressure units Y01
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
"PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9 (specification of measuring range in pressure
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 max. 5 characters)
22.0 mA
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9
(possible between 1 and 126)
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
(not together with Han 7D / Han 8U plug, Y25: .....................
Pg 13.5 screwed gland) Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 9 = available
(only together with the devices 7MF4233-
....0-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01). 1)
Supplied with oval flange D37 9 9 9 order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
of oval flange 2)
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9 ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic
safety (EEx ia)")
safety (EEx ia)")
(max. 120 bar a (1740 psi a) at 60°C (140 °F)
with oxygen measurement and inert liquid)
TRO (Brazil)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E55 9 9 9
(China)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/95

15 55
144 (5.67) (2.2) ca. 30 (1.2)
4) 100 (3.94)
(0.6)
2
74 51 28 ca. 96 (3.78) 6 2
(2.0) (1.1)
(2.9)
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80
117 (4.6)
3 3
171 (6.7)
237 (9.3)
1)
1) 4 8
5
68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)
(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
5) 7
min. 77 (3.0)
ø 50 ... 60 105 (4.1)

(1.97 ... 2.36)
- ½-14 NPT,
- onnection shankG½B or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter)2) 3),
- Han 7D/ Han 8U 2) 3) plug
4 Terminal side
length for cover with window) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
6 Protective cover over keys 2) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
7 Mounting bracket (option) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + xp]"
8 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 4) For Pg 13,5 with adapter approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch)
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 5) Minimum distance for rotating
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/96 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

15 55
144 (5.67) (2.2) approx 30 (1.2)
4) 100 (3.94)
(0.6)
74 51 28 6 2
(2.0) (1.1)
(2.9)
(0.8)
20
2
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
ø 80
117 (4.6)
3
171 (6.7)
237 (9.3)
1)
1) 4 8
5
68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1
72 (2.8)
(1,44)
36,5
123 (4.8)
5) 7
min. 90 (3.6)
ø 50 ... 60 105 (4.1)

(1.97 ... 2.36)
- ½-14 NPT,
- connection shank G½B or
- oval flange
2 Blanking plug
- PROFIBUS-Stecker M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
length for cover with window)
6 Protective cover over keys 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
7 Mounting bracket (option) 2) Minimum distance for rotating
8 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 3) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA"
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/97

(from differential pressure series)
SITRANS P, DS III series for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
Input
2 Measured variable Absolute pressure pressure
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Maximum working pres- Nominal measuring Maximum working pres-
max. permissible working pressure
8.3 ... 250 mbar a 32 bar a 250 mbar a 32 bar a
5.3 ... 100 bar a 160 bar a 100 bar a 160 bar a
(77 ... 1450 psi a) (2320 psi a) (1450 psi a) (2320 psi a)
(for connection thread (for connection thread
7
M10 and /16-20 UNF in M10 and 7/16-20 UNF in
the process flanges) the process flanges)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a (0 psi a)
Output
signal
to 22.0 mA
Load
span)
• Linear characteristic ≤ 0.1%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0.1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0.2%
Long-term drift (temperature change ± 30 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)%/year ≤ 0.1%/year
(± 54 °F))
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r +0.2)% ≤ 0.3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
2/98 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Process temperature
2
tion
Ambient conditions
• Climatic class
munity
Design
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819, Monel, mat. No. 2.4360,
tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 or Monel, mat. No. 2.4360
• O-Ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar (2320 psi a) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection ¼-18 NPT and flange connection to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7
/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
Current consumption
lable
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/99

2
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
2/100 Siemens FI 01 · 2009


• Analog input
racteristic 2
value)

table
value) ture
tively
rect value)
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/101

SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute F) 7 M F 4 3 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute F) 7 M F 4 3 3 3 -
pressure, from the differential pressure, pressure, from the differential pressure,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
series DS III HART series DS III HART
2 Silicone oil
cleaning
Standard 1
• Without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA)
• With visible digital indicator
1
6
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
Span as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) E) D Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) E) F amplifiers".
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) E) G Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H 2/142.
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE Included in delivery of the device:
Wetted parts materials • Brief instructions (Leporello)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
For oxygen applications, add Order code E10.
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 2)
Version 7MF4333-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
Hastelloy Hastelloy C 3)
Tantalum Tantalum E ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
Monel Monel E) H order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
Gold Gold L accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
4)
Version for diaphragm seal2)3)4) Y ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
Process connection the corresponding seals.
5)
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Not for span "5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a)". Position of the top vent
valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
• Sealing screw opposite process connection 6)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 „Han7D plug“.
7)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 Without cable gland, with blanking plug
(only for replacement needs) 8)
9)
• Vent on side of process flange5) Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and and type of
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6 protection "Ex nA".
10)
Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 and explosion-proof"
(only for replacement needs)
E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export
Non-wetted parts materials regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N.
Process flange screws Electronics housing F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting6)
Version
• Without A
Zone 1D/2D)"8)
(is + xp)"7)
connector9)
• Plug M12 (metal)10) F
2/102 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute
pressure (from the differential pressure series) pressure (from the differential pressure series)
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) F) 7 M F 4 3 3 4 - DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) F) 7 M F 4 3 3 4 -
2
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) F) 7 M F 4 3 3 5 - DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) F) 7 M F 4 3 3 5 -
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
cleaning • Without (digital display hidden) 1
Silicone oil Standard 1 • With visible digital indicator 6
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
Nominal measuring range as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) E) D Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
1300 mbar a (18.9 psi a) E) F 2/142.
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) E) G Included in delivery of the device:
30 bar a (435 psi a) H • Brief instructions (Leporello)
100 bar a (1450 psi a) KE • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
1)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
2)
Version 7MF4334-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
Hastelloy Stainless steel B ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
Hastelloy Hastelloy C order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
Tantalum Tantalum E 4)
Monel Monel E) H ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
Gold Gold L the corresponding seals.
5)
Version as diaphragm seal2)3)4) Y Not for nominal measuring range 100 bar a (1450 psi a). Position of the top
vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
Process connection 6)
Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection 7)
8)
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
"Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof".
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export
(only for replacement needs) regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N.
• Vent on side of process flange5)
Process flange screws Electronics housing
casting
Version
• Without A
(EEx ia + EEx d)"7)
Zone 1D/2D)"7) (not for DS III FF)
(is + xp)"6)
• M12 Connector (metall)8) F
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/103

code. code.
9 9 9
2
Pressure transmitter with mounting bra- Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E55
cket made of: (China)
• Steel A01 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
O-rings for process flanges NEPSI (China)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9 Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9
Plug Vent on side for gas measurements H02 9 9 9

• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 Process flange
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 • Hastelloy K01 9 9 9
Sealing screws A40 9 9 9 • Monel K02 9 9 9
¼-18 NPT, with valve in material of process • Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04 9 9 9
flanges max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi),
max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9
For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on
Rating plate inscription the side in the middle of the process flange,
(instead of German) vent valve not possible
• English B11 9 9 9 Additional data
• French B12 9 9 9
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code.
Measuring range to be set Y01 9
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Pressure units in inH2O or psi Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9 9 Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
Acceptance test certificate2) C12 9 9 9 Y15: ...........................................
To EN 10204-3.1 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
To EN 10204-2.2 Y16: ...........................................
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
"PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9 Y17: ...........................................
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
22.0 mA units
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 Specify in plain text (standard setting: mA):
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Hastelloy and stainless steel) Note:
(not together with Han 7D/Han 8U plug,
cable gland PG 13.5)
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
(only together with the devices 7MF4333- Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
....2-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01) non-pressure units Y01
Supplied with oval flange D37 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
3
(1 item), PTFE packing and stainless steel Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
screws in thread of process flange (specification of measuring range in pressure
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9 max. 5 characters)
safety (EEx ia)")
Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
(only together with type of protection "Intrinsic Y25: .....................
safety (EEx ia)")
Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
9 = available
(max. 120 bar a (1740 psi a) at 60°C (140 °F)
with oxygen measurement and inert liquid) 1)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to INME- E25 9 9 9 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
TRO (Brazil) accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) 2)
2/104 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

15
(0.6) 144 (5.67) approx. 30 (1.2) 5) 100 (3.94)
51
(2.0)
6 2
2
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80
117 (4.6)
3
198 (7.8)
approx. 261 (10.3)

1)
4
69 (2.7)
5 1) 90 (3.6)4) 9
10
Space for rotation
8
1
of housing
134 (5.27)
96 (3.8)
11
approx. 96 (3.78) 52 (2.05)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
ø 50 ... 60
72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
1 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
- screwed gland Pg 13,5 (adapter) 2) 3),
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3)
4 Terminal side
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
9 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard) 4) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 5) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/105

15
(0.6) 144 (5.67) approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
51 6 2
(2.0)
(0.8)
20
2
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80
117 (4.6)
3
198 (7.8)
approx. 261 (10.3)

1)
4
69 (2.7)
5 1) 90 (3.6)2) 9
10
Space for rotation 8

1 of housing
134 (5.27)
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
ø 50 ... 60
72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
2 Blanking plug
- PROFIBUS plug M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronic side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for explosion-proof enclosure,
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard) 3) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA"
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/106 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P, DS III series, for differential pressure and flow
Input
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow 2
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Maximum working pres- Nominal measuring Maximum working pres-
1 ... 20 mbar 32 bar 20 mbar g 32 bar
(0.4015 ... 8.031 inH2O) (464 psi) (8.031 inH2O) (464 psi)
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 60 mbar 160 bar
(0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) (2320 psi) (24.09 inH2O) (2320 psi)
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar
(1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) (100.4 inH2O)
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
(2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) (240.9 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
(6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) (642.4 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar 5 bar
(20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) (2008 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
(4.35 ... 435 psi) (435 psi)
2.5 ... 250 mbar 420 bar 250 mbar 420 bar
(1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) (6091 psi) (100.4 inH2O) (6091 psi)
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
(2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) (240.9 inH2O)
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
(6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) (642.4 inH2O)
50 ... 5000 mbar 5 bar
(20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) (2008 inH2O)
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
(4.35 ... 435 psi) (435 psi)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of max. span (-33% with 30 bar (435 psi) measuring cell or 30 mbar a (0.44 psi))
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span (for oxygen version and inert filling liquid; max. 160 bar g (2320 psi g))
Output
signal
to 22.0 mA
Load
span)
- r ≤ 10 ≤ (0.0029 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ (0.0045 ⋅ r + 0.071)%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.005 ⋅ r + 0.05)%
• Square-root characteristic (flow > 50%) ≤ 0,1%
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0,1%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0,2%
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/107

DS III series
• Square-root characteristic (flow 25 ... 50%) ≤ 0,2
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0,2% -
2 - 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0,4%
Long-term drift (temperature change ± 30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years
-
≤ (0.25% every 5 years
(± 54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g)
• 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell ≤ (0.2 ⋅ r) per year ≤ 0.2 per year
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F) ≤ (0.08 ⋅ r + 0.1)% ≤ 0,3%
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r + 0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.25%/10 K
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F) (Twice the value with 20-mbar (0.29 psi)
measuring cell)
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r)% per 100 bar (1450 psi) ≤ 0.15% je 100 bar (1450 psi)
- 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r)% per 32 bar (464 psi) ≤ 0.15% je 32 bar (464 psi)
• on the span ≤ 0.2% je 100 bar (1450 psi) -
- 20 mbar (0.29 psi)-measuring cell ≤ 0.2% je 32 bar (464 psi) -
Process temperature
tion
Ambient conditions
• Climatic class
- Emitted interference and interference To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
immunity
Design
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819, Monel, mat. No. 2.4360,
tantalum or gold
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (max. 160 bar (2320 psi g) with oxygen measurement)
Process connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7
/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
2/108 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
2
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
Current consumption
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) avail. - Yes
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/109

DS III series
Classification according to pressure equip-
2
ment directive (DRGL 97/23/EC)
PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with basic safety requirements of
Article 3, paragraph 1 (appendix 1); assigned to category III, conformity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord.
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
2/110 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series

• Analog input
racteristic 2
value)

table
value) ture
tively
rect value)
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/111

DS III series
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 4 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 4 3 3 -
tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART tial pressure and flow, Series DS III HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi)
2 Silicone oil
cleaning
Standard } 1
• without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) }
• With visible digital indication
1
6
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
PN 32 (MWP 464 psi) } Available ex stock
1 ... 20 mbar2) (0.4015 ... 8.03 inH2O) } B Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi) amplifiers".
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) } C Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) } D 2/142.
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) } E Included in delivery of the device:
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) } F • Brief instructions (Leporello)
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) } G • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) } H
1)
Wetted parts materials For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
2)
(stainless steel process flanges) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
the process flanges (see dimensional drawing).
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 3)
Only together with max. spans 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A (100.4, 240.9, 2008 inH2O and 435 psi)
4) When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
Hastelloy Hastelloy C order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
Tantalum3) Tantalum E accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Monel3) Monel H 5) Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-connec-
Gold3) Gold L ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
Version for diaphragm seal4) 5) Y 6)
Process connection „Han7D plug“.
7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection 8) With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
• Sealing screw opposite process connection 9) Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and and type of
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 protection "Ex nA".
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 } 0 10)
Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
(only for replacement needs) "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
2)
• Vent on side of process flange
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminium } 2
6)
casting
Version
• International version, English label inscriptions, } 2
• Without A
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof P
enclosure (EEx ia + EEx d)"8)
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure } R
and dust explosion protection
(EEx ia + EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"8)
(is + xp)"7)
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 } B
connector10)
• M12 connectors (metal)10) F
2/112 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
SITRANS P pressure transmitters SITRANS P pressure transmitters
for differential pressure and flow for differential pressure and flow
PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi)
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 4 3 4 - DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 4 3 4 -
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 4 3 5 -
77777 - 7777
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 4 3 5 -
77777 - 7777
2
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Electrical connection / cable entry
cleaning • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
Silicone oil Standard 1 • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Inert liquid1) Grease-free 3 • M12 connectors (metal)8) F
Nominal measuring range Display
PN 32 (MWP 464 psi) • Without (digital display hidden) 1
20 mbar2) (8.03 inH2O) B • With visible digital indication 6
PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi) • With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
60 mbar (24.09 inH2O) C as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D Included in delivery of the device:
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E • Brief instructions (Leporello)
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
2) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
the process flanges (see dimensional drawing).
(stainless steel process flanges) 3)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell (100.4, 240.9, 2008 inH2O and 435 psi).
4)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
Hastelloy Stainless steel B order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
Hastelloy Hastelloy C accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
5)
Tantalum3) Tantalum E Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-connec-
Monel3) Monel H ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
Gold3) Gold L 6)
Version as diaphragm seal4) 5) Y 7)
8)
Process connection Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
"Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof".
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
• Venting on side of process flanges2)
casting
Version
• Without A
- "n (Zone 2)" (planned) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (EEx ia +
EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"7) (not for DS III FF)
(is + xp)"6)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/113

DS III series
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting bra- Oxygen application E10 9 9 9
cket made of: (max. 120 bar (1740 psi) at 60°C (140 °F) with
2 • Steel
• Stainless steel
A01
A02
9
9
9
9
9
9
oxygen measurement and inert liquid)
O-rings for process flanges TRO (Brazil)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9 Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E55 9 9 9
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9 (China)
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
Plug NEPSI (China)
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
Sealing screws A40 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9
Cable sockets for M12 connectors (metal) A50 9 9 9 Vent on side for gas measurements H02 9 9 9
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03 9 9 9
• English B11 9 9 9 differential pressure lines
• French B12 9 9 9 (not together with K01, K02 and K04)3)
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Process flange
• Italian B14 9 9 9 • Hastelloy K01F) 9 9 9
English rating plate (calibration certificate) B21 9 9 9 • Monel K02F) 9 9 9
Pressure units in inH2O or psi • Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04 9 9 9
max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi),
Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9 9 max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on
Acceptance test certificate2) C12 9 9 9 the side in the middle of the process flange,
To EN 10 204-3.1 vent valve not possible
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 9 = available
To EN 10 204-2.2
1) When the manufacture’s certificate M (calibration certificate) has to be
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals, it is recommended only to
"PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9 order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 2) Whe the acceptance test certificate 3.1 for transmitters with direct-connec-
22.0 mA ted diaphragm seals is ordered, this certificate must also be ordered with
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 3)
Not suitable for connection of remote seal
(only together with seal diaphragm made of
Hastelloy and stainless steel)
(not together with 7D/
Han 8U plug, cable gland Pg 13.5)
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9
(only together with the devices 7MF4433-
....2-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01)
Process flange screws made of Monel D34 9 9 9
(max. nominal pressure PN20)
Supplied with oval flange set D37 9 9 9
(2 items), PTFE packings and stainles steel
screws in thread of process flanges
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9
TÜV approval to AD/TRD E06 9
Overfilling safety device for flammable E08 9 9 9
and non-flammable liquids
(max. PN 32 (MVWP 464 psi), basic device
with type of protection "Intrinsic safety
(EEx ia)", to WHG and VbF, not together with
measuring cell filling "inert liquid")
2/114 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series

Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Measuring range to be set
2
• With linear characteristic (max. 5 digits): Y01 9
• With square-rooted characteristic (max. 5 di- Y02 9
gits):
Max. 16 char., specify in plain text: Y15: .......
Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21 9 9 9
units
Note:
Setting of pressure indicator in Y221) 9
non-pressure units +
Specify in plain text: Y01 or
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
(specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Y25: .....................
Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
9 = available
1)
Not together with over-filling safety device for flammable and
non-flammable liquids (Order code "E08")
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/115

DS III series
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 5 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- 7MF 4 5 3 3 -
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi) PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi)
2 Silicone oil
cleaning
Standard 1
• without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA)
• With visible digital indication
1
6
• With customer-specific digital indication (setting 7
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and isolation
amplifiers".
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H is extra ordering item)

1)
(stainless steel process flanges) Not together with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
2)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
„Han7D plug“.
3)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Without cable gland, with blanking plug
4)
Hastelloy Stainless steel B With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug
5)
Gold1) Gold L Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and and type of
protection "Ex nA".
Process connection 6)
Cannot be used together with the following types of protection:
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof".
• Venting on side of process flanges. Position of
the top vent valve in the process flanges (see
dimensional drawing).
casting2)
Version
• Without A
EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"4)
(is + xp)"3), max PN 360
connector5)
2/116 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen- SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differen-
PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi) PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi)
DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series 7MF 4 5 3 4 - DS III PA (PROFIBUS PA) series 7MF 4 5 3 4 -
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 5 3 5 - DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 5 3 5 -
1 7777 - 7777
2
1 7777 - 7777
Nominal measuring range Display
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D • Without (digital display hidden) 1
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E • With visible digital indicator 6
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F • With customer-specific digital indicator (setting 7
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G as specified, Order code "Y21" or required)
30 bar (435 psi) H Factory-mounting of shut-off valves and valve manifolds see page
2/142.
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell • CD-ROM with detailed documentation
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 1)
Not together with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
Gold1) Gold L 2)
3)
Process connection With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug.
4)
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety
and explosion-proof"
• Venting on side of process flanges. Position of
the top vent valve in the process flanges (see
dimensional drawing).
casting
Version
• Without A
EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"3) (not for DS III FF)
(is + xp)"2), max PN 360
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector4) F
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/117

DS III series
code. code.
9 9 9
2
Pressure transmitter with mounting bra- Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56
cket made of: NEPSI (China)
• Steel A01 9 9 9 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Stainless steel A02 9 9 9 Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E57 9 9 9
O-rings for process flanges (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
(instead of FPM (Viton))
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9 Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9 Stainless steel process flanges for H03 9 9 9
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9 vertical differential pressure lines
• NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9 Additional data
Plug Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
• Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9 code.
• Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9 Measuring range to be set
Sealing screws A40 9 9 9 Specify in plain text:
¼-18 NPT, with valve in material of process • With linear characteristic (max. 5 digits): Y01 9
flanges Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• With square-rooted characteristic (max. 5 di- Y02 9
gits):
Rating plate inscription Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
(instead of German) Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9
• English B11 9 9 9 Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• French B12 9 9 9 Y15: ...........................................
• Spanish B13 9 9 9 Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9
English rating plate B21 9 9 9 Y16: ...........................................
Pressure units in inH2O or psi Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9
Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9 9 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
bration) to IEC 60770-2 Y17: ...........................................
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21 9 9 9
To EN 10204-3.1 units
Factory certificate C14 9 9 9 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
To EN 10204-2.2 Note:
"Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9 The following pressure units can be selected:
"PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9
Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9 kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
22.0 mA *) ref. temperature 20 °C
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 9 9 9 Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 9
(only together with seal diaphragm made of non-pressure units Y01 or
Hastelloy and stainless steel) Specify in plain text: Y02
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9 (specification of measuring range in pressure
(not together with Han 7D / Han 8U plug, units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
Pg 13.5 screwed gland) max. 5 characters)
Digital indicator alongside the input keys D27 9 9 9 Preset bus address Y25 9
(only together with the devices 7MF4533- (possible between 1 and 126)
....2-.A.6 or -.A.7-Z, Y21 or Y22 + Y01) Specify in plain text:
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01 9 9 9 Y25: .....................
(only together with type of protection Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset
9 = available
TRO (Brazil)
NEPSI (China)
2/118 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
15
(0.6) 144 (5.67) approx. 30 (1.2) 5) 100 (3.94)
51
(2.0)
6 2
2
(0.8)
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80
117 (4.6)
3
198 (7.8)
approx. 261 (10.3)

1)
4
69 (2.7)
5 1) 90 (3.6)4) 9
10
Space for rotation
8
1
of housing
134 (5.27)
96 (3.8)
11
approx. 96 (3.78) 52 (2.05)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
ø 50 ... 60
72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
2 Blanking plug
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3)
4 Terminal side
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
9 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard) 4) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 5) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/119

DS III series
15
(0.6) 144 (5.67) approx. 30 (1.2) 100 (3.94)
51 6 2
(2.0)
(0.8)
20
2
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80
117 (4.6)
3
198 (7.8)
approx. 261 (10.3)

1)
4
69 (2.7)
5 1) 90 (3.6)2) 9
10
Space for rotation 8

1 of housing
134 (5.27)
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
ø 50 ... 60
72 (2.83)
105 (4.1) 68 (2.7)
120 (4.7)
2 Blanking plug
- PROFIBUS plug M12 3) 4)
4 Terminal side
5 Electronic side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
10 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard) 3) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
11 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02) 4) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA"
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/120 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
15
(0.6) 144 (5.67) 100 (3.94)
approx. 30 (1.18)8)
51 approx. 96 (3.78) 6 2
74 (2.9) (2.0)
(0.8)
2
20
(1.97)
50
(3.15)
Ø 80
3 3
4 1)
approx. 217 (8.54)7)

9
Space for rotation

5 1) 90 (3.6)4)
of housing
approx. 85
(3.35)6)
+ 8
8
67 (2.64)5) approx. 84,6 (3.33)

2 Blanking plug
- Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
4 Terminal side 2) Not with type of protection "explosion-proof enclosure"
5 Electronics side, digital display (longer overall length for cover with window) 3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
6 Protective cover over keys 4) 92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
7 Mounting bracket (option) 5) 74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
8 Sealing screw with valve (option) 6) 91 mm (3.6 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
9 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection 7) 219 mm (8.62 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing) 8) 45 mm (1.8 inch) for Pg 13,5 with adapter
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, option
„H03“, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/121

DS III series
15
(0.6) 144 (5.67) 100 (3.94)
approx 30 (1.18)6)
51 6 2
74 (2.9) (2.0)
(0.8)
2
20
(1.97)
50
diam. 80
(3.15)
3
4 1)
approx. 217 (8.54)5)

9
Space for rotation

5 1) 90 (3.6)2)
of housing
85 (3.35)4)
approx.
+
8 8
67 (2.64)3) approx.
84,6 (3.33)
1 Process connection ¼-18 NPT (EN 61 518) 1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition
2 Blanking plug 2) 92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation
3 Electrical connection: without indicator
screwed gland M20x1.5, 3) 74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 4) 91 mm (3.6 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
PROFIBUS plug M12 5) 219 mm (8.62 inch) for PN ³ 420 (MWP ³ 6092 psi)
4 Terminal side 6) Approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch) for Pg 13.5 with adapter
8 Sealing screw with valve (option)
not shown in the drawing)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines,
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for differential pressure

and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines
2/122 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
90
(3.6)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III FF series for differential pressure and flow, with digital indicator beside control keys, for vertical differential
pressure lines, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for differential pressure

and flow, with digital indicator beside control keys
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/123

DS III series
for level
SITRANS P, DS III series for level
Input
2 Measured variable Level
Spans (infinitely adjustable) or Span Maximum working Nominal measuring Maximum working
nominal measuring range and pressure range pressure
25 ... 250 mbar g See "Mounting flange" 250 mbar g See "Mounting flange"
(0.36 ... 3.63 psi g) (3.63 psi g)
(0.36 ... 8.7 psi g) (8.7 psi g)
(0.77 ... 23.2 psi g) (23.2 psi g)
(2.32 ... 72.5 psi g) (72.5 psi g)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of max. span or 30 mbar (0.435 psi a), depending on mounting flange
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span 100% of the max. nominal measuring range
Output
signal
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally -
set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB ≤ (UH - 10.5 V)/0,023 A in Ω, -
Reference conditions Increasing characteristic, start-of-scale value 0 bar, stainless steel seal diaphragm, silicone oil fil-
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) ling, room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)) r: Span ratio (r = max. span / set span)
- r ≤ 10 ≤ 0,15%
- 10 < r ≤ 30 ≤ 0,3%
- 30 < r ≤ 100 ≤ (0.0075 ⋅ r + 0.075)%
Long-term drift (temperature change ±30 °C ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r)% every 5 years ≤ (0.25% every 5 years
(±54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g) static pressure max. 70 bar g (1015 psi g)
• at -10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
- 250-mbar (3.63 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.5 ⋅ r + 0.2)% ≤ 0,7%
(0.4 instead of 0.2 with 10 < r ≤ 30)
- 600-mbar (8.7 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.3 ⋅ r + 0.2)% ≤ 0,5%
(0.4 instead of 0.2 with 10 < r ≤ 30)
- 1600 and 5000 mbar (23.2 and 72.5 psi) ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r + 0.2)% (0.4 instead of 0.2 with 10 < r ≤ 0,45%
measuring cells ≤ 30)
• at -40 ... -10 °C and +60 ... +85 °C
(-40 ... +14 °F and 140 ... 185 °F)
- 250 mbar (3.63 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.25 ⋅ r +0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.4%/10 K
double values with 10 < r ≤ 30
- 600 mbar (8.7 psi) measuring cell ≤ (0.15 ⋅ r +0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.3%/10 K
double values with 10 < r ≤ 30
- 1600 and 5000 mbar (23.2 and 72.5 psi) ≤ (0.12 ⋅ r +0.15)%/10 K ≤ 0.27%/10 K
measuring cells double values with 10 < r ≤ 30
2/124 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
for level
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point
- 250 mbar (3.63 psi) measuring cell
- 600 mbar (8.7 psi) measuring cell
≤ (0.3 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure
≤ (0.15 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure
≤ 0.3% per nominal pressure
≤ 0.15% per nominal pressure
2
- 1600 and 5000 mbar (23.2 and 72.5 psi) ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure ≤ 0.1% per nominal pressure
measuring cells
• on the span ≤ (0.1 ⋅ r)% per nominal pressure ≤ 0.1% per nominal pressure
Process temperature Note: Always take into account assignment of max. permissible working temperature to max. per-
missible working pressure of the respective flange connection!
- High-pressure side pabs ≥ 1bar: -40 ... +175 °C (-40 ... +347 °F)
pabs ≥ 1bar: -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Low-pressure side -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F) in conjunction with dust explosion protection
Ambient conditions
• Climatic class
- Emitted interference and interference immu- To EN 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
nity
Design
Weight (without options)
• To EN (pressure transmitter with mounting flan- ≈ 11 ... 13 kg (≈ 24.2 ... 28.7 lb)
ge, without tube)
• To ASME (pressure transmitter with mounting ≈ 11 ... 18 kg (≈ 24.2 ... 39.7 lb)
flange, without tube)
Wetted parts materials Poor in copper die-cast aluminium, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. No. 1.4408
Housing material
High-pressure side
• Seal diaphragm of mounting flange Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L, Monel, mat. No. 2.4360, Hastelloy B2, mat. No. 2.4617,
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819, Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610, tantalum, PTFE, ECTFE
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange to EN and ASME
• Low-pressure side Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7
/16-20 UNF to EN 61518
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ...32 V
Current consumption
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/125

DS III series
for level
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of Article 3,
2
directive (DRGL 97/23/EC) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Ex II 1/2 D IP65 T 120 °C
2/126 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
for level

• Analog input
racteristic 2
value)

table
value) ture
tively Mounting flange
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional Nom. diam. Nom. press.
function of register output • To EN 1092-1
- Failure mode Can be parameterized (summation - DN 80 PN 40

with last good value, continuous - DN 100 PN16, PN40
rect value) • To ASME B16.5
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning limit - 3 inch Class 150, class 300
and one alarm limit respectively - 4 inch Class 150, class 300
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/127

DS III series
for level

SITRANS P pressure transmitters for level 7MF 4 6 3 3 - „Han7D plug“.
2)
series DS III HART Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
77 Y 77 - 7777 3)
4)
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell Not together with type of protection "Explosion-proof" and type of protection
"Ex nA".
2
cleaning 5) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" or "Intrinsic safety
Silicone oil Standard 1 and explosion-proof"
Span
25 ... 250 mbar (0.363 ... 3.63 psi) D
25 ... 600 mbar (0.363 ... 8.70 psi) E
53 ... 1600 mbar (0.77 ... 23.2 psi) F
0.16 ... 5 bar (2.32 ... 72.5 psi) G
Process connection of low-pressure side
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
casting1)
Version
• Without A
EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"3)
(is + xp)"2)
connector4)
Display
• without (digital indicator hidden, setting: mA) 1
• With visible digital indication 6
Ordering information:
1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4633-...
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-3...
Ordering example:
Item line 1: 7MF4633-1EY20-1AA1-Z
B line: Y01
C line: Y01: 80 to 143 mbar (1.16 to 2.1 psi)
Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
amplifiers".
2/128 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
for level
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS P pressure transmitter Further designs HART PA FF
for level
Add "-Z" to Order No. and
DS III PA series (PROFIBUS PA) 7MF 4 6 3 4 - specify Order code.
2
DS III FF series (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) 7MF 4 6 3 5 - O-rings for process flanges on
low-pressure side
1 7 Y 77 - 7777
Nominal measuring range • PTFE (Teflon) A20 9 9 9
250 mbar (3.63 psi) D • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 9 9 9
600 mbar (8.70 psi) E • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) A22 9 9 9
1600 mbar (23.2 psi) F • NBR (Buna N) A23 9 9 9
5 bar (72.5 psi) G
Plug
Process connection of low-pressure side • Han 7D (metal, gray) A30 9
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection • Han 8U (instead of Han 7D) A31 9
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
(only for replacement needs) Sealing screws
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 ¼-18 NPT, with valve in material of process A40 9 9 9
flanges
(instead of German)
casting • English B11 9 9 9
• French B12 9 9 9
Version • Spanish B13 9 9 9
• Standard version 1 • Italian B14 9 9 9
documentation in 5 languages on CD English rating plate B21 9 9 9
Pressure units in inH2O or psi
• Without A Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9 9
• With ATEX, Type of protection: bration) to IEC 60770-2
- "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)" B Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9 9
- "Explosion-proof (EEx d)"1) D To EN 10204-3.1
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof e P Factory certificate C14 9 9 9
nclosure (EEx ia + EEx d)"2)
To EN 10204-2.2
- "Ex nA/nL (zone2)" E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R "Functional Safety (SIL)" certificate C20 9
EEx d + Zone 1D/2D)"2) (not for DS III FF) "PROFIsafe" certificate and protocol C21 9
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection: Setting of upper limit of output signal to D05 9
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC 22.0 mA
(is + xp)"2) Type of protection IP68 D12 9 9 9
Electrical connection / cable entry (not together with PROFIBUS plug M12)
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C Supplied with oval flange D37F) 9 9 9
• Plug M12 incl. mating connector3) F (1 item), PTFE packing and stainless steel
screws in thread of process flange
Display
Use on zone 1D / 2D E01 9 9 9
• Without (digital display hidden) 1
• With visible digital indication 6 "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
as specified, Order code "Y21" or required) Use on zone 0 E02 9 9 9
Ordering information: "Intrinsic safety (EEx ia)")
1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4634-...
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-... Overfilling safety device for flammable E08 9 9
and non-flammable liquids
Ordering example:
(max. PN 32 (MVWP 464 psi), basic device
Item line 1: 7MF4634-1EY20-1AA1 with type of protection "Intrinsic safety
Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01 (EEx ia)")
Included in delivery of the device: Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to INME- E25 9 9 9
• Brief instructions (Leporello) TRO (Brazil)
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
1)
Without cable gland, with blanking plug. NEPSI (China)
2)
With enclosed cable gland EEx ia and blanking plug. (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
3)
Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof" and "Intrinsic safety
and explosion-proof" Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E56 9 9 9
NEPSI (China)
Interchanging of process connection side H01 9 9 9
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/129

DS III series
for level
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order No.Ord. code
Additional data HART PA FF Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2 -
Add "-Z" to Order No. and Directly mounted on the 3 7777 777
specify Order code. SITRANS P pressure transmitter (converter part)
for level, for DS III series
9
2
Measuring range to be set Y01
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): Connection acc. to EN 1092-1
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi Nom. diam. Nom. press.
Measuring point number (TAG No.) Y15 9 9 9 DN 80 PN 40 D
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text: DN 100 PN 16 G
Y15: ........................................... PN 40 H
Measuring point text Y16 9 9 9 Connection acc. to ASME B16.5
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text: Nom. diam. Nom. press.
Y16: ........................................... 3 inch Class 150 Q
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 9 Class 300 R
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text: 4 inch Class 150 T
Y17: ........................................... Class 300 U
Other version, add
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21 9 9 9 Z J1Y
Order code and plain text:
units
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ... Wetted parts materials
Note: • Stainless steel 316L A
The following pressure units can be selected: - Coated with PFA D
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*), - Coated with PTFE E0
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, - Coated with ECTFE1) F
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
1) • Hastelloy B2, mat. No. 2.4617 H
Setting of pressure indicator in Y22 9
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
non-pressure units + Y01
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... • Tantalum K
(specification of measuring range in Other version, add Z K1Y
pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with Order code and plain text:
max. 5 characters) material of parts in contact with the medium: ...
Preset bus address Y25 9 Sealing face, see "Technical specifications"
(possible between 1 and 126) Tube length
Specify in plain text: • Without 0
Y25: .....................
• 50 mm (1.97 inch) 1
Only "Y01", "Y21", "Y22", "Y25" and "D05" can be factory preset • 100 mm (3.94 inch) 2
9 = available • 150 mm (5.90 inch) 3
• 200 mm (7.87 inch) 4
1)
Not together with over-filling safety device for flammable and Other version: add 9 L1Y
non-flammable liquids (Order code "E08") Order code and plain text:
Tube length: ...
Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for O2 measurements) 4
• Glycerin / water2) 6
• Food oil (FDA-listed) 7
Other version, add 9 M1 Y
Order code and plain text:
filling liquid: ...
1)
For vacuum on request
2)
Not suitable for use in low-pressure range
2/130 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
for level

Further designs HART PA and
Add "-Z" to Order No. and FF
specify Order code.
9 9
2
Flame flashover lock-out A01
For mounting on zone 0 (including documen-
tation)
Quality inspection certificate (Factory cali- C11 9 9
bration) to IEC 60770-2
Acceptance test certificate C12 9 9
To EN 10204-3.1
Vacuum-proof design V04 9 9
(for use in low-pressure range)
Calculation of span of associated Y05 9 9
pressure transmitter
(enclose filled-in questionnaire with order)
Note:
suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter!
9 = available
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/131

DS III series
for level
approx. 30 (1.18)5)
185
2 100 (3.94)
6 51
(2.0)
144 (5.67)
74 (2.9)
15
(0.6)
2
3
51)
165 (6.5)
L 90 (3.6)4)
9
d4
d5
D
k
3 1 54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
Space for rotation

of housing
nxd 2
b
approx. 96 (3.78)
f
1 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (EN 61 518)

2 Blanking plug
screwed gland Pg 13.5 (adapter) 2) 3), 6
screwed gland M20x1.5, screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 51)
Han 7D/ Han 8U plug 2) 3) 41)
4 Terminal side
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure",
1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition

2) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
4) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation without indicator
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III HART series for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 90 18 138 76 72 1) 2 160 8 0, 50, 100,
DN 100 PN 40 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8 150 or 200
PN 40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
Connection to ASME B16.5
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
lb/sq.in. inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
3 inch 150 0.94 7.5 0.75 5 3 2.81 1) 0.06 6 4 0, 2, 3.94, 5.94 or 7.87
(23.8) (190.5) (19.0) (127) (76) (72) (1.6) (152.4) (0, 50, 100, 150 or 200)
300 1.12 8.25 0.87 5 3 2.81 1) 0.06 6.69 8
(28.6) (209.5) (22.2) (127) (76) (72) (1.6) (168.3)
4 inch 150 0.94 9 0.75 6.19 3.69 3.5 0.06 7.5 8
(23.8) (228.5) (19.0) (157.2) (94) (89) (1.6) (190.5)
300 1.25 10 0.87 6.19 3.69 3.5 0.06 7.88 8
(31.7) (254) (22.2) (157.2) (94) (89) (1.6) (200)
1)
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0.
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
2/132 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

DS III series
for level
approx. 30 (1.18)
185
15
100 (3.94) 144 (5.67) (0.6)
6 51
(2.0) 74 (2.9)
2
2
3
51)
165 (6.5)
L 90 (3.6)4)
9
d4
d5
D
k
1 54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
Space for rotation

of housing
nxd 2
b
f
1 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518)
2 Blanking plug
- screwed connection M20x1,5 3),
- screwed connection ½-14 NPT or 6
- PROFIBUS plug M12 2) 3) 51)
4 Terminal side 41)
9 Screw cover safety bracket (only for "explosion-proof enclosure",
1) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length in addition

2) Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA [is + xp]"
4) 92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III PA and FF series for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 90 18 138 76 721) 2 160 8 0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
DN 100 PN 40 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
lb/sq.in. inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
3 inch 150 0.94 7.5 0.75 5 3 2.811) 0.06 6 4 0, 2, 3.94, 5.94 or 7.87
(23.8) (190.5) (19.0) (127) (76) (72) (1.6) (152.4) (0, 50, 100, 150 or 200)
300 1.12 8.25 0.87 5 3 2.811) 0.06 6.69 8
(28.6) (209.5) (22.2) (127) (76) (72) (1.6) (168.3)
4 inch 150 0.94 9 0.75 6.19 3.69 3.5 0.06 7.5 8
(23.8) (228.5) (19.0) (157.2) (94) (89) (1.6) (190.5)
300 1.25 10 0.87 6.19 3.69 3.5 0.06 7.88 8
(31.7) (254) (22.2) (157.2) (94) (89) (1.6) (200)
1)
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/133

SITRANS P Accessories
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection
■ Overview Structural design

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 80 x 120 x 60 (3.15 x 4.72 x 2.36)
(inch)
Electrical connection Screw terminals (Pg 13.5 cable
inlet) or Han 7D / Han 8U plug
2 Power supply
Supply voltage 230 V AC (-10 ... +6%,
47 ... 63 Hz, approx. 6 VA) or
24 V AC/DC (24 V AC ± 10%,
47 ... 63 Hz, approx. 3 VA)
Permissible ripple (within the speci- Approx. 2.5 Vpp
fied limits)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter with supplementary electronics for 4-

wire connection
Direct connection of the supplementary electronics to a
SITRANS P pressure transmitter from the DS III HART series pro-
duces a transmitter for four-wire connection.
The supplementary electronics cannot be attached to explosion-
protected pressure transmitters. The supplementary electronics
is fitted in a light metal housing which is mounted on the left side
of the pressure transmitter.
Note on ordering:
The supplementary electronics has to be be ordered through the
supplementary options of the pressure transmitter in question.
■ Technical specifications SITRANS P pressure transmitters with supplementary electronics for four-
wire connection, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS P, supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection
Output ■ Schematics
Output signal 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA
Load Max. 750 Ω Terminals 1 2 3 4 5 6
+ -
Voltage measurement Linear (square-rooting in transmit- I U SL
ter if necessary) a H
Electrical isolation Between power supply and input/
output 6 7 SL
1 HAN 8U/7D plug
5 1 2
Measuring accuracy To EN 60770-1
4 3
Conformity error (in addition to ≤ 0.15% of set span
transmitter)
+ Ia - UH
Influence of ambient temperature ≤ 0.1% per 10 K
Power supply effect ≤ 0.1% per 10% change in vol- 6 7 6 7 SL
tage or frequency 2 plugs 5 1 2 5 1 2
Load effect ≤ 0.1% per 100% change 4 3 4 3
Rated conditions
+ Ia - UH
Ambient temperature -20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F)
AC 230 V Han 7D Han 7D
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
UC 24 V Han 7D Han 8U
Degree of protection IP54 to EN 60529
Ia Output current SL Protective earth conductor UH Power supply
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 50081, EN 50082
(EMC)
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection, connection diagram
2/134 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connection

Supplementary electronics for 4-wire V77
connection
Order No. of the transmitter
7MF4.33-.....-1AB. add "-Z" and Order code.
Power supply
24 V AC/DC
Terminals; 2 Pg screwed 1
2
glands, to left
2 Han 7D/Han 8U plugs 3
incl. mating connector, to left
1 Han 7D plug incl. mating 5
connector, angled
Terminals; 1 Pg screwed 6
gland, downwards
1 Han 8U plug incl. mating 9
connector, downwards
(observe arrangement of
plug and differential pressure
line)
230 V AC Terminals; 2 Pg screwed 7
glands, to left
2 Han 7D plugs incl. mating 8
connector, to left
Output current
0 ... 20 mA 0
4 ... 20 mA 1

Accessories
Instruction Manual A5E00322799
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/135

Accessories / spare parts for SITRANS P
Replacement measuring cell for pressure 7MF 4 9 9 0 - Replacement measuring cell for absolute F) 7 M F 4 9 9 2 -
for SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series pressure (from the pressure series)
7777 0 - 0 DC 0
for SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series 7 7 7 7 0 - 0 D C 0
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
2 Silicone oil
Inert liquid
Standard
Grease-free
1
3
Silicone oil
Inert liquid
Standard
Grease-free
1
3
Measured span Measured span
0.01 ... 1 bar g (0.15 ... 14.5 psi g) b 8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) D
0.04 ... 4 bar g (0.58 ... 58 psi g) c 43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) F
0.16 ... 16 bar g (2.32 ... 232 psi g) d 0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) G
0.63 ... 63 bar g (9.14 ... 914 psi g) e 1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H
1.6 ... 160 bar g (23.2 ... 2320 psi g) f
4.0 ... 400 bar g (58.0 ... 5802 psi g) g Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection Stainless steel Stainless steel a
Hastelloy Stainless steel b
Stainless steel Stainless steel a Hastelloy Hastelloy c
Hastelloy Stainless steel b
Hastelloy Hastelloy c Process connection
Process connection • Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 • Oval flange made of stainless steel,
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
• Oval flange made of stainless steel, - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
max. span 160 bar (2320 psi) - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 Further designs Order code
Further designs Order code Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code.
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code. Acceptance test certificate c12
to EN 10204-3.1
Acceptance test certificate c12
to EN 10204-3.1 F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
2/136 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Spare parts / Accessories Spare parts / Accessories
Replacement measuring cell for absolute pres- F) 7 M F 4 9 9 3 - Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 4 -
sure (from the differential pressure series) for pressure and PN 32/160 (MWP 464/2320 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0 77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Standard 1
2
Inert liquid Grease-free 3 Inert liquid Grease-free 3
Measured span Measured span
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) E) D PN 32 (MWP 464 psi)
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.9 psi a) E) F 1 ... 20 mbar1) (0.4015 ... 8.03 inH2O) b
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) E) G PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi)
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H 1 ... 60 mbar (0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) c
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE 2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
Wetted parts materials 6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) e
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F
Stainless steel Stainless steel a 50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G
Hastelloy Stainless steel b 0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Hastelloy Hastelloy c Wetted parts materials
Tantalum Tantalum e (stainless steel process flanges)
Monel Monel E) h Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Gold Gold l
Process connection Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Hastelloy Hastelloy C
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Tantalum2) Tantalum e
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 Monel2) Monel h
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2 Gold2) Gold l
• Vent on side of process flange 1)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6 Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
Non-wetted parts materials - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
Further designs Order code • Vent on side of process flange
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
Order code. - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 6
O-rings for process flanges Non-wetted parts materials
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Stainless steel process flange screws 2
• PTFE (Teflon) a20
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) a21 Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) a22
• NBR (Buna N) a23 O-rings for process flanges
to EN 10204-3.1
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) a21
Process connection G½A D16 • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) a22
Remote seal flanges d20 • NBR (Buna N) a23
(not together with K01, K02 and K04) Acceptance test certificate c12
Vent on side for gas measurements h02 to EN 10204-3.1
Process flanges Remote seal flanges d20
• without K00 (not together with K01, K02 and K04)
• with process flange made of Vent on side for gas measurements h02
- Hastelloy K01
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
- Monel K02 differential pressure lines
- Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04 (not together with K01, K02 and K04)
max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi)
max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F) Process flanges
1)
• without K00
Not for span "5.3 ... 100 bar (76.9 ... 1450 psi)"
• with process flange made of
E) Combinations of the versions marked with E) are subject to the export - Hastelloy K01
regulations AL: 2B230, ECCN: N. - Monel K02
F) Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N. - Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04
max. PN 10 (MWP 145 psi)
max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
1)
Not suitable for connection of remote seal
2)
(3.63, 23.2, 72.5 and 435 psi).
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/137

Spare parts / Accessories Spare parts / Accessories
Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 5 - Replacement measuring cell for level 7MF 4 9 9 6 -
pressure and PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi) for SIT- for SITRANS P, DS III, DS III PA and
77777 - 0 DC 0 77777 - 0 DC 0
RANS P, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
2 DS III FF series
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil
Measuring cell cleaning
Standard 1
Rated measuring range
Measured span 250 mbar (3.63 psi) D
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D 600 mbar (8.70 psi) e
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) e 1600 mbar (23.2 psi) F
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F 5 bar (72.5 psi) G
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Process connection of low-pressure side
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange
Hastelloy Stainless steel B connection
Gold1) Gold l • Sealing screw opposite process connection
Process connection - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 2
connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Non-wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2
7
- Mounting thread /16-20 UNF to EN 61518 3 Further designs Order code
• Vent on side of process flange Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5 code.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to EN 61518 7 O-rings for process flanges

Non-wetted parts materials • PTFE (Teflon) a20
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) a21
Further designs Order code • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) a22
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order • NBR (Buna N) a23
code. Acceptance test certificate c12
O-rings for process flanges to EN 10204-3.1
(instead of FPM (Viton)) without process flanges k00
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) a21
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) a22
• NBR (Buna N) a23
to EN 10204-3.1
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical diffe- H03
rential pressure lines
without process flanges K00
1) Not together with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
2/138 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Spare parts / Accessories Sealing screws
Mounting bracket and mounting parts (1 set = 2 off) for process flange
for pressure transmitters • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • made of Hastelloy F) 7MF4997-1CH
(7MF403.-.....-..C.)
for absolute pressure transmitters
Screw plug with valve (1 set = 2 off)
• made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1CP
2
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
(7MF423.-.....-..C.) • made of Hastelloy F) 7MF4997-1CQ
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB Electronics
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1AH • for DS III series 7MF4997-1DK
Mounting bracket and mounting parts • for DS III PA series 7MF4997-1DL
for pressure transmitters • for DS III FF series 7MF4997-1DM
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series Connection board
(7MF403.-.....-..A., -..B. and -..D.)
for absolute pressure transmitters • for DS III series 7MF4997-1DN
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • for DS III PA and DS III FF series 7MF4997-1DP
(7MF423.-.....-..A., -..B. and -..D.) O-rings for process flanges made of
• Made of steel 7MF4997-1AC • FPM (Viton) F) 7MF4997-2DA
• Made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1AJ • PTFE (Teflon) F) 7MF4997-2DB
Mounting bracket and mounting parts • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) F) 7MF4997-2DC
for differential pressure transmitters with flange • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) F) 7MF4997-2DD
thread M10 • NBR (Buna N) F) 7MF4997-2DE
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
(7MF433.-... and 7MF443.-...) Weldable sockets for PMC connection
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD for DS III and P300 series
• made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1AK • PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½“ 7MF4997-2HA
• PMC Style Mini bolt: front-flush 1“ F) 7MF4997-2HB
Mounting bracket and mounting parts
for differential pressure transmitters with flange Sealing rings for PMC connection
thread M12 (packing unit: 5 pcs)
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • Sealing ring made of PTFE for PMC Style F) 7MF4997-2HC
(7MF453.-...) Standard: Thread 1½"
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE • Sealing ring made of Viton for PMC Style F) 7MF4997-2HD
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1AL Minibolt: front-flush 1“
Mounting bracket and mounting parts Weldable socket for TG 52/50- and
TG 52/150 connection
for differential and absolute pressure trans- for DS III and P300 series
mitters with flange thread 7/16-20 UNF
DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series • TG 52/50 connection 7MF4997-2HE
(7MF433.-..., 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...) • TG 52/150 connection 7MF4997-2HF
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of 7MF4997-2HG
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1AM silicone
Cover Seals for flange connection with flush-
Made of die-cast aluminium, including gasket, mounted diaphragm
for DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series Material FPM (Viton), 10 units
• without window F) 7MF4997-1BB • DN 25, PN 40 (M11) F) 7MF4997-2HH
• with window } 7MF4997-1BE • DN 25, PN 100 (M21) F) 7MF4997-2HJ
F) • 1", class 150 (M40) F) 7MF4997-2HK
Cover • 1", class 300 (M45) F) 7MF4997-2HL
Made of stainless steel, including gasket, Mounting bracket and mounting parts
for DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series for P300
• without window F) 7MF4997-1BC • Made of stainless steel 7MF8997-1AA
• with window F) 7MF4997-1BF
Lid without window for P300
Digital indicator • Gasket not included 7MF8997-1BA
Including mounting material 7MF4997-1BR Lid with glass window for P300
for DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
• Gasket not included 7MF8997-1BD
Measuring-point label 7MF8997-1BG
NBR housing gasket for P300
• without inscription (5 off) 7MF4997-1CA
• with inscription (1 off) 7MF4997-1CB-Z Measuring point label for P300
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15 and Y16 Y..: ................ • Unlabeled 7MF8997-1CA
(see "SITRANS P pressure transmitters")
Cable gland for P300
Mounting screws 7MF4997-1CD • Metal 7MF8997-1EA
for measuring-point label, earthing and con- • Plastic (blue) 7MF8997-1EB
nection terminals or for digital indicator (50 off)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/139

Instruction Manual1)
• for P300 series with HART communication
- German A5E00359580
- English A5E00359579
2 - French
- Spanish
A5E00359578
A5E00359576
- Italian A5E00359577
- Leporello German/English A5E00359581
• for P300 series with PROFIBUS PA communi-
cation
- French A5E00414589
- Spanish A5E00414590
- Leporello German/English A5E00414592
• for DS III series
• for DS III PA series
• for DS III FF series
- French (planned) A5E00279630
- Spanish (planned) A5E00279632
- Italian (planned) A5E00279631
Brief instructions (Leporello)
• for DS III series, German, English A5E00047093
• for DS III PA series, German, English A5E00053274
• for DS III FF series, German, English A5E00282355
CD with documentation G) A5E00090345
for P300, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series
German, English, French, Italian, Spanish
Instruction Manual
for replacement of electronics, measuring cell
and connection board
• German/English A5E00078060
HART modem
• with RS232 interface } 7MF4997-1DA
D)
• with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB
D)
Supplementary electronics for 4-wire connec- see page 2/134
tion
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and input isola-
tors".
1)
You can download the Instruction Manuals free-of-charge from the Internet
site www.siemens.com/sitransp.
G) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1.
2/140 Siemens FI 01 · 2009


2

5

5

Mounting bracket for SITRANS P gage and absolute pressure transmitter, DS III series
Material of mounting bracket: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)

5

5

5

Mounting bracket for SITRANS P differential pressure transmitter, DS III series,

Material of mounting bracket: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/141

Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on
■ Overview The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold.
SITRANS P transmitters The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds are
• P300 for relative and absolute pressure, sealed with PTFE sealing rings between the transmitter and the
• DS III for relative and absolute pressure (both designs) and valve manifold.
2 • DS III for differential pressure Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for
leaks and is certified leak-proof with a factory certificate to
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds: EN 10204 - 2.2.
• 7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for relative
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the re-
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters
spective mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on
• 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds for abso- the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
lute pressure and differential pressure transmitters
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac-
■ Design tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with gaskets the transmitter.
made of PTFE between transmitter and the valve manifold as If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN10204 when
standard. Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a se-
available for sealing purposes if preferred. parate certificate is provided for the transmitters and the valve
manifolds respectively.
■ Selection and Ordering data

7MF9011-4FA valve block on 7MF9411-5BA valve manifold on
relative and absolute pressure transmitters absolute and differential pressure transmitters
Add -Z to the Order No. of the transmitter Order Add -Z to the Order No. of the transmitter Order
and add order codes. code and add order codes. code
SITRANS P DSIII T03 SITRANS P DSIII
7MF403.-...1.-..., 7MF423.-...1.-... and 7MF433.-…, 7MF443.-… and
SITRANS P300 7MF453.-…1)
7MF802.-...1.-... mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
With process connection female thread screws made of
½-14 NPT in-sealed with PTFE sealing • chromized steel U01
strip
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified • stainless steel U02
by factory certificate to EN10204-2.2 Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
7MF9011-4EA valve block on by factory certificate to EN10204-2.2
relative and absolute pressure transmitters 7MF9411-5CA valve manifold on differential pressure transmitters
Add -Z to the Order No. of the transmitter Order Add -Z to the Order No. of the transmitter Order
and add order codes. code and add order codes. code
SITRANS P DSIII T02 SITRANS P DSIII
7MF403.-...0.-..., 7MF423.-...0.-... and 7MF443.-... und 7MF453.-…1)
SITRANS P300 mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
7MF802.-...0.-... screws made of
with process connection collar G1/2 A to • chromized steel U03
EN837-1 with gasket made of PTFE bet-
ween valve manifold and transmitter • stainless steel U04
Alternative sealing material: Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
by factory certificate to EN10204-2.2
• soft iron A70
Further designs:
• stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571 A71
Delivery includes mounting bracket and
• copper A72 mounting clips made of
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified • steel A01
by factory certificate to EN10204-2.2
• stainless steel A02
Further designs:
(instead of the mounting bracket sup-
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02 plied with the transmitter)
mounting clips made of stainless steel
(instead of the mounting bracket sup- Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
plied with the transmitter) EN10204-3.1 for transmitters and moun-
ted valve manifold
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and moun- Oil and grease-free cleaning for oxygen E10
ted valve manifold operation
Oil and grease-free cleaning for oxygen E10 1) For 7MF453.-... transmitters, you require a 7/10-20 UNF connection
operation thread in the process flange.
2/142 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P DS III

Valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA with mounted relative pressure and abso- Valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA with mounted relative pressure and abso-
lute pressure transmitters lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)

Valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA with mounted relative pressure and abso- Valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA with mounted relative pressure and abso-
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/143

Valve manifold 7MF9411-5BA with mounted differential pressure trans- Valve manifold 7MF9411-5CA with mounted differential pressure trans-
mitter mitter

5

Valve manifold 7MF9411-5BA with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

5

Valve manifold 7MF9411-5CA with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/144 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P300

Valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA with mounted relative pressure and abso- Valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA with mounted relative pressure and abso-
Valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA with mounted relative pressure and abso- Valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA with mounted relative pressure and abso-
lute pressure transmitters lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/145

Transmitters for hydrostatic level
MPS series (submersible sensor)
■ Overview Sensor
U
const.
Diaphragm
U EM +2 (brown) I , U
2
p I -1 (blue) 0 B
Vent pipe
Screen
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, mode of operation and wi-

ring diagram
On one side of the sensor, the diaphragm is exposed to the hy-
drostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series (submersible sensor) depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, are submersible Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe in the
sensors for hydrostatic level measurements. connection cable.
The pressure transmitters of the MPS series are available for va- The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the sensor
rious measuring ranges and with explosion protection as an op- diaphragm, and transmits the pressure to the piezo-resistive
tion. bridge in the sensor.
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic cir-
for simple installation. cuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
The cable of the 7MF1570 transmitter must always be connected
■ Benefits in the supplied junction box. The junction box has to be installed
• Compact design near the measuring point.
• Simple installation If the medium is anything other than water, it is also necessary to
check compatibility with the specified materials of the transmit-
• Small error in measurement (0.3%) ter.
• Degree of protection IP68
■ Integration
■ Application
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, are used in the
following branches for example:
• Oil and gas industries
• Shipbuilding
• Water supply
■ Design
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, have a flush-
mounted piezo-resistive sensor with stainless steel diaphragm.
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel housing.
The cable also contains a strength cord and vent pipe.
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a
protective cap.
Junction box 7MF1570-8AA, opened
The sensor, electronic circuit and cable are sealed in a common
housing of small dimensions.
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.
■ Function
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, are for measuring
the liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels and dams.
2/146 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Long-term stability
Zero and span
• 1 ... 6 mH2O (3 ... 18 ftH2O) 0,25% of full-scale value/year
• ≥ 6 mH2O (≥ 18 ftH2O) 0.2% of full-scale value/year
Ambient conditions
2
• Process temperature -10 ... +80 °C (+14 ... +176 °F)
Degree of protection to IP68
DIN EN 60529
Design
Weight
• Pressure transmitters ≈ 0.4 kg (≈ 0.88 lb)
• Cable 0.08 kg/m (≈ 0.054 lb/ft)
Electrical connection Cable with 2 conductors with
screen and vent pipe, strength
cord (max. 300 N (67.44 lbf)
Material
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316 Ti
• Casing Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316 Ti
• Gasket Viton
• Connecting cable Optionally
PE/HFFR sheath (non-halogen)
or
FEP sheath
Power supply
Measuring point setup, in principle Terminal voltage on pressure trans- 10 ... 36 V DC
mitter (UB)
■ Technical specifications Certificate and approvals
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series (submersible sensor) The transmitter is not subject to the pressure equipment directive
(DGRL 97/23/EC)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive
• Intrinsic safety "i" TÜV 03 ATEX 2004X
Input
- Identification Ex II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4
Measured variable Hydrostatic level
Measuring range Maximum working pressure
• 0 ... 2 mH2O (0 ... 6 ftH2O) • 1.4 bar (20.3 psi) (corresponds Junction box
to 14 mH2O (42 ftH2O)) Application For connecting the transmitter
• 0 ... 4 mH2O (0 ... 12 ftH2O) • 1.4 bar (20.3 psi) (corresponds cable
to 14 mH2O (42 ftH2O)) Design
• 0 ... 5 mH2O (0 ... 15 ftH2O) • 1.4 bar (20.3 psi) (corresponds Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
to 14 mH2O (42 ftH2O))
Electrical connection 2 x 3-way (28 ... 18 AWG)
• 0 ... 6 mH2O (0 ... 18 ftH2O) • 3.0 bar (43.5 psi) (corresponds
to 30 mH2O (90 ftH2O)) Cable entry 2 x M20x1.5
• 0 ... 10 mH2O (0 ... 30 ftH2O) • 3.0 bar (43.5 psi) (corresponds Enclosure material Polycarbonate
to 30 mH2O (90 ftH2O)) Vent pipe for atmospheric pressure
• 0 ... 20 mH2O (0 ... 60 ftH2O) • 6.0 bar (87.0 psi) (corresponds Screw for cable strength cord
to 60 mH2O (180 ftH2O))
Output
Degree of protection to DIN EN IP54
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA 60529
Error in measurement (including 0.3% of full-scale value (typical)
non-linearity, hysteresis and repea- Cable hanger
tability, at 25 °C (77 °F)) Application For mounting the transmitter
Influence of ambient temperature Design
Zero and span Weight 0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
• 1 ... 6 mH2O (3 ... 18 ftH2O) 0.45%/10 K of full-scale value Material Galvanized steel, polyamide
• ≥ 6 mH2O (≥ 18 ftH2O) 0.3%/10 K of full-scale value
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/147

Selection and Ordering data Order No. ■ Dimensional drawings

SITRANS P pressure transmitters C) 7 M F 1 5 7 0 - 7 7 A 0 7 7 7 7
for pressure, MPS series (submer-
sible sensor) Protective cap Cable sheath + (brown)
2-wire system
2 Note: Junction box and cable hanger
Vent pipe
diam.)
Ø 27
(1.1
included in delivery Strength
Cable material cord (white)
PE } 1 - (blue)
158 (6.2) L
FEP 5
Screen
Measuring range Cable length L
0 ... 2 mH2O 10 m } C Cable sheath 8.3 (0.33) diam. (black or blue, PE/HFFR)
Flexible cable with 0.5 mm2 (0.00078 inch2) cross-section
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m } D Vent pipe 1 (0.04) diam. (inner diameter)
0 ... 5 mH2O 25 m } B Protective cap with 4 x 3 diam. (4 x 0.12 diam.) holes (black, PA)
0 ... 6 mH2O 25 m } E
0 ... 10 mH2O 25 m } F SITRANS P pressure transmitters, MPS series, dimensions in mm (inch)
0 ... 20 mH2O 25 m } G
0 ... 6 ftH2O 32 ft K 50 (1.97) 57 (2.25)
0 ... 12 ftH2O 32 ft L 22
0 ... 18 ftH2O 82 ft M (0.87)
M20x1.5
(1.2)
0 ... 30 ftH2O 82 ft N
30
0 ... 60 ftH2O 82 ft P
Mounting
Special measuring range/Special cable Z J1Y hole
length 1)
Specify measuring range and cable
length in plain text
Venting
79 (3.1)
94 (3.7)
Explosion protection valve
• without } 1
• with, type of protection "Intrinsic safe- } 2
ty" (Ex II 1 G EEx ia IIC T4)
• With approval for drinking water to C) 6
WRAS and ACS
(1.2)
Further designs Order code
30
M20x1.5
Quality inspection certificate (Factory C11
22
calibration) to IEC 60770-2, add "-Z" to (0.87)
65 (2.56)
Order No. and Order code.
Order No.
Quality inspection certificate (Factory 7MF1564-8CC11 Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch)
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 supplied
later, specify factory no. of transmitter
for this porpose.
Accessories (as spare parts)
Junction box 7MF1570-8AA
for connecting the transmitter cable
Cable hanger 7MF1570-8AB

for mounting the pressure transmitter
Power supply units see "SITRANS I power supply units and input isola-
tors".
1)
Special measuring ranges between 0 ... 1 mH2O (0 ... 3 ftH2O)
and 0 ... 200 mH2O (0 ... 656 ftH2O) and special cable lengths up to
1000 m (3281ft) are possible. With Ex versions the max.
special cable length is 50 m (150 ft). The length of free-hanging cable
should not exceed 375 m.
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/148 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

■ More information
Determination of the measuring range in case of media with
a density ≠ 1000 kg/m3 (medium ≠ water)
+ ρ
Calculation of the measuring range:

p=ρxgxH
with:
ρ = density of medium
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
Example:
Medium: Diesel fuel = 850 kg/m3
Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
Start-of-scale : 0 m
Maximum level: 6,2 m
Calculation:
p = 850 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.2 m
p = 51698.7 N/m2
p = 517 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
7MF1570-5ZA02-Z
J1Y: 0 ... 517 mbar; able length e.g. 8 m
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/149

Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gages
■ Overview pillaries of equal length must always be used to connect a re-

mote seal to a pressure transmitter for differential pressure.
In many cases the pressure transmitter and the measured me- The remote seal can be optionally equipped with a projecting di-
dium have to be physically separated. It is then necessary to use aphragm (tube).
a remote seal.
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted with a dummy
2 The remote seals can be used with the following SITRANS P
pressure transmitter series:
flange.
• Pressure (P300, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF) Designs

• Absolute pressure (P300, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF) Diaphragm seal
• Differential pressure and flow (DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF) With diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured by means of a
flat diaphragm which rests in a bed.
Note
The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
When configuring your remote seal, be sure to read the informa-
tion about transmission response, temperature error and re-
sponse time to be found in the sections "Function" and "Technical
data". Only then will the remote seal work to optimum effect.
■ Benefits
• No direct contact between the pressure transmitter and the
medium
• Individual configuration of the pressure transmitter for perfect
adaptation to the operating conditions
• Available in many versions
• Specially designed for difficult operating conditions
• Quick-release versions available for the food industry Diaphragm seal of sandwich design without (left) and with a projecting
diaphragm (tube)
■ Application • Sandwich design
• Sandwich design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
Remote seal systems should be used if a separation between
ASME which are secured using a dummy flange.
the measured medium and the measuring instrument is essential
or appropriate.
Examples of such cases:
• The temperature of the medium is outside the limits specified
for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is corrosive and requires diaphragm materials
which are not available for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is highly viscous or contains solids which would
Siemens FI 01 · 2009block the measuring chambers of the
pressure transmitter.
• The medium may freeze in the measuring chambers or pulse
line.
• The medium is heterogeneous or fibrous. Diaphragm seal of flange design without (left) and with a projecting dia-
• The medium tends towards polymerization or crystallization. phragm (tube)
• The process requires quick-release remote seals, as neces- • Flange design
sary e.g. in the food industry for fast cleaning. • Flange design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
• The process requires cleaning of the measuring point, e.g. in ASME, secured using holes in the flange.
a batch process.
■ Design
A remote seal system consists of the following components.
• Pressure transmitter
• One or two remote seals
• Filling liquid
• Connection between pressure transmitter and remote seal (di-
rect mounting or by means of capillary)
The volume in contact with the measured medium is terminated
by a flat elastic diaphragm lying in a bed. Between the dia-
phragm and the pressure transmitter is the filling liquid. Quick-release diaphragm seal
In many cases, a capillary has to be connected between the re- • Quick-release remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard,
mote seal and the pressure transmitter in order e.g. to minimize IDF standard, APV RJT standard, clamp connection, etc.
temperature effects on the latter when hot media are involved. - Miniature diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into
tapped holes
However, the capillary influences the response time and the tem- - Remote seals with customer-specific process connections
perature response of the complete remote seal system. Two ca-
2/150 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

■ Function
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
filling liquid and passes through the capillary to the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the dia-
2
phragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring cham-
ber of the transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Transmission response
The transmission response of a remote seal is characterized by
the following variables:
• Temperature error
Miniature diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front • Adjustment time
• Miniature diaphragm seals Temperature error
The quick-release remote seals are used above all in the food in- Temperature errors are caused by the change of volume of the
dustry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot filling liquid due to temperature variations. To select the right re-
accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present mote seal you must calculate the temperature error.
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for
cleaning. Below you will find an overview of the factors which influence the
size of the temperature error, as well as information on how to
Clamp-on seal calculate the temperature error.
The temperature error is dependent on the following variables:
• Rigidity of the diaphragm used
• Filling liquid used
• Influence of the filling liquid underneath the process flanges or
in the connection shank of the pressure transmitter
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal dia-
meter, the bigger the temperature error
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the bigger the
temperature error
Diaphragm rigidity
Clamp-on seal with quick-release design (left) and for flange mounting The rigidity of the diaphragm is of decisive importance. The big-
ger the diameter of the diaphragm, the softer the diaphragm and
With clamp-on seals, the pressure is first measured using a cy- the more sensitively it reacts to temperature-induced changes in
lindrical diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and then transmitted to volume of the filling liquid.
the pressure transmitter by means of the filling liquid.
The result is that small measuring ranges are only possible with
The clamp-on seal is a special design for flowing media. It con- large diaphragm diameters.
sists of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is em-
bedded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no Other factors apart from diaphragm rigidity which also play a
turbulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow oc- role:
cur. Furthermore, the clamp-on seal can be cleaned by a pig. • Diaphragm thickness
The following types of clamp-on seals exist: • Diaphragm material
• Quick-release clamp-on seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS stan- • Coatings if present
dard, IDF standard, APV/RJT standard, clamp connection etc.
The quick-release facility attached to the remote seal enables Filling liquid
the seal to be removed quickly for cleaning purposes. Every filling liquid reacts to temperature variations with a change
• Clamp-on seals for flanging to EN or ASME. of volume. Temperature errors can be minimized by selecting a
suitable filling liquid, but the filling liquid must also be appropri-
• Clamp-on seals with customer-specific process connections.
ate for the temperature limits and operating pressure. Further-
Note: more, the filling liquid must also be physiologically harmless.
The pressure data on the transmitter and the remote seal must Since the filling liquid is present under the diaphragm, in the ca-
be observed with regard to pressure/temperature behavior. pillary and under the process flange of the pressure transmitter
(or in the connection shank), the temperature error must be cal-
culated separately for each combination.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal
(see Selection and Ordering data).
An example of a temperature error calculation can be found in
the section "Technical Specifications".
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/151

Response time
The response time is dependent on the following factors:
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal dia-
meter, the shorter the response time
• Viscosity of the filling liquid The greater the viscosity, the lon-
2 ger the response time
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the longer the
response time
• Pressure in the pressure measuring system: The higher the
pressure, the shorter the response time
Recommendations
The following should be observed to obtain an optimum combi-
nation of transmitter and remote seal:
• Choose the biggest possible diameter for the remote seal. The
effective diameter of the seal diaphragm is then bigger and
the temperature error smaller.
• Choose the shortest possible capillary. The response time is
then shorter and the temperature error smaller
• Choose the filling liquid with the least viscosity and the smal-
lest coefficient of expansion. Make sure, however, that the fil-
ling liquid meets the process requirements with regard to
pressure, vacuum and temperature. And ensure that the filling
liquid and the medium are compatible with one another.
• Note the following points for use in the vacuum range:
- The pressure transmitter must always be positioned below
the lowest spigot.
- The operating range of some filling liquids is very limited with
regard to the permissible temperature of the medium.
- A vacuum-proof seal is necessary for continuous operation
in the low-pressure range.
• Recommendations for the minimum span can be found in the
section "Technical data".
Note
The remote seals listed here are a selection of the most common
designs. On account of the large variety of process connections,
certain remote seals which are not listed here may be available
nevertheless.
Other versions can be:
• Other process connections, standards
• Aseptic or sterile connections
• Other dimensions
• Other nominal pressures
• Special diaphragm materials, including coatings
• Other sealing faces
• Other filling liquids
• Other capillary lengths
• Sheathing of capillaries with protective hose
• Calibration at higher/lower temperatures etc.
Please contact your Siemens Regional Office for more infor-
mation.
2/152 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Temperature error Diaphragm seals
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pres-
sure (single-sided) and level
2
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature Temperature error of Temperature Recommended
design diameter error of remote capillary error of process min. spans
seal flange/connec- (guidance values,
tion spigot observe temp.
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K ⋅ mKap) (10 K ⋅ mKap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 48 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with 2 inch with tube 48 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
flange to
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with threaded
socket to DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DIN 11851 DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Clamp connec- 1½ inch 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
tion
2 inch 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Miniature dia- G1B 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
phragm seal
G1½B 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
G2B 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/153

Temperature errors of diaphragm seals with connection to differential pressure transmitters (double-sided)
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature error Temperature error of Temperature error Recommended
design diameter of remote seal capillary of process min. spans
flange/connec- (guidance
tion spigot values, observe
temperature
2 mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/
error)
mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K ⋅ mKap) (10 K ⋅ mKap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 48 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.0007) 50 (0.725)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design with
flange to ASME 2 inch with tube 48 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.0007) 0.05 (0.0007) 50 (0.725)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with threaded
socket to DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DIN 11851 DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Clamp connec- 2 inch 40 (1.57) 1 (0.015) 2.5 (0.036) 2.5 (0.036) 2000 (29.01)
tion
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed)
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid
2/154 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Temperature error Clamp-on seals
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure, and with single-
sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
design seal capillary cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K)

spigot
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K)
temperature error)
mbar (psi)
2
DN 25 (1 inch) 6.0 (0.0870) 8.5 (0.123) 8.5 (0.123) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 4.0 (0.058) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 9.5 (0.138) 5.0 (0.073) 5.0 (0.073) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 8.0 (0.012) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals with double-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
design seal capillary cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
spigot temperature error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.3 (0.033) 1.8 (0.026) 1.8 (0.026) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 0.8 (0.012) 0.3 (0.004) 0.3 (0.004) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 0.3 (0.004) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 3.0 (0.044) 0.5 (0.007) 0.5 (0.007) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 1.0 (0.015) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Diaphragm thickness 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) for DN 25/DN 40/DN 50 and 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) for DN 80/DN 100
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/155

Calculation of the temperature error Dependence of temperature error on diaphragm material
The following equation is used to calculate the temperature er- The temperature errors listed in the previous table are based on
ror: the use of stainless steel as the diaphragm material. If other dia-
phragm materials are used, the temperature errors change as
dp = (ϑRS – ϑCal) ⋅ fRS + (ϑCap – ϑCal) ⋅ lCap ⋅fCap + (ϑTR – ϑCal) ⋅ fPF
follows:
2
dp Additional temperature error (mbar)
Diaphragm material Change in temperature error of
ϑRS Temperature on remote seal diaphragm (generally remote seal
corresponds to temperature of medium)
Increase in values by
ϑCal Calibration (reference) temperature (20 °C (68 °F))
Stainless steel See previous tables
fRS Temperature error of remote seal
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 50%
ϑCap Ambient temperature on the capillaries
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 50%
lCap Capillary length
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 60%
fCap Temperature error of capillaries
Tantalum 50%
ϑTR Ambient temperature on pressure transmitter
Titanium 50%
fPF Temperature error of the oil filling in the process flan-
ges of the pressure transmitter PTFE coating on stainless steel dia- 80%
phragm
Example of temperature error calculation ECTFE coating or PFA coating on 100%
Existing conditions stainless steel diaphragm
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for fRS = 0.1 mbar/10 K Gold coating on stainless steel dia- 40%
differential pressure, 250 mbar, set (0.0014 psi/10 K) phragm
to 0 ... 100 mbar, with DN 80 remote
seal diaphragms without tube, dia-
phragm made of stainless steel, Maximum temperature of medium
mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Capillary length lCap = 6 m (19.7 ft) The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply de-
pending on the material of the wetted parts:
Capillaries fitted on both sides fCap = 0.07 mbar/(10 K ⋅ mCap)
(0.001 psi/(10 K ⋅ mCap)) Material pabs < 1 bar pabs > 1 bar
(14.5 psi) (14.5 psi)
Filling liquid silicone M5 fPF = 0.07 mbar/10 K
(0.001 psi/10 K) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Process temperature ϑRS = 100 °C (212 °F) Stainless steel, 316L 200 (392) 400 (662)
Temperature on the capillaries ϑCap = 50 °C (122 °F) PTFE coating 200 (392) 260 (500)
Temperature on pressure transmit- ϑTR = 50 °C (122 °F) ECTFE coating 100 (212) 150 (302)
ter PFA coating 200 (392) 260 (500)
Calibration temperature ϑCal = 20 °C (68 °F) Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 200 (392) 260 (500)
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 200 (392) 400 (662)
2.4819
Required
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 200 (392) 400 (662)
Additional temperature error of dp
remote seals Tantalum 200 (392) 300 (572)
Calculation Maximum capillary length for diaphragm seals (guidance va-

in mbar lues)
dp = (100 °C – 20 °C) ⋅ 0.1 mbar/10 K + (50 °C – 20 °C) ⋅ 6 m ⋅ Nom. diam. Max. length of capillary
0.07 mbar/(10 K ⋅ m) + (50 °C – 20 °C) ⋅ 0.07 mbar/10 K Diaphragm seal Clamp-on seal
dp = 0.8 mbar + 1.26 mbar + 0.21 mbar m (ft) m (ft)
in psi DN 25 (1 inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
dp = (212 °F – 68 °F) ⋅ 0.0014 psi/10 K + (112 °F – 68 °F) ⋅ 19.7 ft ⋅ DN 32 (1¼ inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
0.001 psi/(10 K ⋅ 3.28 ft) + (112 °F – 68 °F) ⋅ (0.001 psi/10 K)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7)
dp = 0.012 psi + 0.018 psi + 0.003 psi
DN 50 (2 inch) 6 (19.7) 10 (32.8)
DN 65 (2½ inch) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8)
Result
DN 80 (3 inch) 10 (32.8) 10 (32.8)
dp = 2.27 mbar (0.033 psi) (corresponds to 2.27% of set span)
DN 100 (4 inch) 10 (32.8) 10 (32.8)
Note
DN 125 (5 inch) 10 (32.8) - -
The determined temperature error only applies to the error resulting
from connection of the remote seal.
The transmission response of the respective transmitter is not included
in this consideration.
It must be calculated separately, and the resulting error added to the
error determined above from connection of the remote seal.
2/156 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Response times The response times are independent of the set span within the
range of the respective transmitter. The response times are of in-
The values listed in the following table are the response times (in significant importance for spans above 10 bar (145 psi). The re-
seconds per meter of capillary) for a change in pressure which sponse times of the pressure transmitters are not considered in
corresponds to the set span. the table.
The listed values must be multiplied by the respective length of
the capillary, or with transmitters for differential pressure and flow
by the total length of both capillaries.
2
Filling liquid Density Temperature Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. span of pressure transmitter
on capillary
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) °C (°F) 250 mbar (3.63 psi) 600 mbar (8.7 psi) 1600 mbar (23.2 psi)
Silicone oil M5 0.914 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil M50 0.966 (0.035) +60 (140) 0.6 (0.183) 0.25 (0.076) 0.09 (0.027)
+20 (68) 0.61 (0.186) 0.26 (0.079) 0.1 (0.030)
- 20 (-4) 1.69 (0.515) 0.71 (0.216) 0.27 (0.082)
High-temperature oil 1.070 (0.039) +60 (140) 0.14 (0.043) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.65 (0.198) 0.27 (0.082) 0.1 (0.030)
-10 (14) 3.96 (1.207) 1.65 (0.503) 0.62 (0.189)
Halocarbon oil 1.968 (0.071) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (-4) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Food oil (FDA listed) 0.920 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.75 (0.229) 0.33 (0.101) 0.17 (0.052)
+20 (68) 4 (1.220) 1.75 (0.534) 0.67 (0.204)
- 20 (-4) 20 (6.100) 8.5 (2.593) 3.25 (0.991)
Glycerin/water 1.220 (0.044) +60 (140) 0.13 (0.040) 0.05 (0.015) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.76 (0.232) 0.32 (0.098) 0.12 (0.037)
0 (32) 9.72 (2.963) 4.05 (1.234) 1.51 (0.460)
Technical data of filling liquids Also check the compatibility of the filling liquid with the measu-
red medium. For example, only physiologically harmless filling li-
When selecting the filling liquid, check that it is suitable with re- quids may be used in the food industry.
spect to the permissible temperature of the medium and the pro-
cess pressure. Oxygen and chlorine are special cases of measured medium.
The liquid must not react with either of these two media or a lea-
king remote seal may lead to an explosion or fire.
Filling liquid Digit in Permissible temperature of medium Density at Viscosity at Coefficient of expan-
Order 20 °C (68 °F) 20 °C (68 °F) sion
No.
pabs < (pabs < pabs > (pabs >
1 bar 14.5 psi) 1 bar 14.5 psi)
°C (°F) °C (°F) kg/dm3 (lb/in3) m2/s⋅106 (ft2/s⋅106) 1/°C (1/°F)
Silicone oil M5 1 -60 ... +80 (-76 ... +176) -90 ... +180 (-130 ... +356) 0.914 (0.03) 4 (43) 0.00108 (0.00060)
Silicone oil M50 2 -40 ... +150 (-40 ... +302) -40 ... +250 (-40 ... +482) 0.96 (0.03) 50 (538) 0.00104 (0.00058)
High-tempera- 3 -10 ... +200 (+14 ... +392) -10 ... +350 (+14 ... +662) 1.07 (0.04) 39 (420) 0.00080 (0.00044)
ture oil
Halocarbon oil 4 -40 ... +80 (-40 ... +176) -40 ... +175 (-40 ... +347) 1.968 (0.07) 14 (151) 0.00086 (0.00048)
Glycerin/water 6 Not pos- Not possible -10 ... +120 (+14 ... +248) 1.22 (0.04) 88 (947) 0.00050 (0.00028)
sible
Food oil (FDA 7 -20 ... +160 (-4 ... +320) -20 ... +200 (-4 ... +392) 0.92 (0.03) 10 (107) 0.00080 (0.00044)
listed)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/157

Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
For gage, absolute, differential pressure and flow
with flexible capillary
■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitters
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 available on request)
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 Capillary
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 lengths on request
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 • Internal diameter max. 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• 3 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
• 5 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Silicone oil M50
Sealing face High-temperature oil
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
1.4404/216L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Food oil (FDA listed)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Glycerine/water (not suitable for
ASME B16.5 RFSF use in low-pressure range)
Materials Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-

mitter and the filling liquid of the
• Main body Stainless steel 316L remote seal
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
• Without foil transmitters and in the section
• PTFE (for vacuum on request) "Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request) remote seals
• PFA (for vacuum on request) Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 Certificate and approvals
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 equipment directive (DRGL liquids of fluid group 1; complies
97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
Tantalum paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless
steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
Sealing material in the process flan-
ges
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
pressure transmitters and low-
pressure applications
• For other applications Viton
2/158 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary
connected to a SITRANS P transmitter connected to a SITRANS P transmitter (order
(order separately): separately):
for pressure 7MF4037 and 7MF4237 together D) 7 M F 4 9 0 0 -
with Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof design)
for pressure 7MF4037 and 7MF4237 together
7MF 4 9 0 0 - 2
and 7MF80271); and 7MF80271);
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for absolute pressure 7MF433 7; D) 7 M F 4 9 0 1 - for absolute pressure 7MF433 7; 7MF 4 9 0 1 -
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; D) 7 M F 4 9 0 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; 7MF 4 9 0 3 -
scope of delivery 2 off scope of delivery 2 off
1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure Length of capillary2)
• DN 50 PN 16 ... 100 A • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
(recommended only for pressure transmitters • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
for pressure) • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• DN 80 PN 16 ... 100 B • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• DN 100 PN 16 ... 100 C • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• DN 125 PN 16 ... 100 D • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 E • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
(recommended only for pressure transmitters Other version 9 N1y
for pressure) Add Order code and plain text:
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 H Length of capillary: ...
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L 1)
With 7MF8027 and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N vacuum-tight version.
2)
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
Other version z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... Selection and Ordering data Order code
Sealing face: see "Technical data"
Further designs
• Stainless steel 316L
- without foil A Spark arrestor
- with PTFE coating E0 With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
documentation)
- with ECTFE coating2) F
• Pressure and absolute pressure A01
- with PFA coating D
• for differential pressure transmitters A02
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J Quality inspection certificate (Factory calibration) to C11
IEC 60770-2
• Tantalum K Acceptance test certificate C12
Other version Z K1Y to EN 10204, section 3.1
Add Order code and plain text: Vacuum-proof design
Wetted parts materials: ...
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
Tube length • Pressure V01
• without tube 0 • For differential pressure transmitters V03
Other version: 9 L1Y
Add Order code and plain text: Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
Tube length: ... transmitter
Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
Filling liquid
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• Glycerin/water3) 6
• Food oil (FDA listed)l 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Filling liquid: ...
1)
vacuum-tight version.
2)
For vacuum on request
3)
Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/159

D D
dM dM b
b
2
_ +
l
l
(5. 150
9)
³
R
(5. 150
9)
³
R
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM l
mm mm mm mm Connection to EN 1092-1
DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 20 102 59 100 Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM l
DN 80 20 138 89 100 mm mm mm mm
DN 100 20 158 89 100 DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 20 102 59 100
DN 125 22 188 124 100 DN 80 20 138 89 100
DN 100 20 158 89 100
DN 125 22 188 124 100
Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM I
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm Connection to ASME B16.5
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) Nom. diam. Nom. press. b D dM I
2 inch 150 .... 2500 20 100 59 100 lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm
(0.79) (3.94) (2.32) (3.94) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
3 inch 20 134 89 100 2 inch 150 ... 2500 20 100 59 100
(0.79) (5.28) (2.32) (3.94) (0.79) (3.94) (2.32) (3.94)
4 inch 20 158 89 100 3 inch 20 134 89 100
(0.79) (6.22) (2.32) (3.94) (0.79) (5.28) (2.32) (3.94)
5 inch 22 186 124 100 4 inch 20 158 89 100
(0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (3.94) (0.79) (6.22) (2.32) (3.94)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / 5 inch 22 186 124 100

ASME B16.5 (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (3.94)
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 /
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary for connec- ASME B16.5
tion to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
(inch)
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design (without flange) with flexible capil-
lary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pres-
sure or differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/160 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Diaphragm seals of flange design
■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary Sealing material in the process flan-
ges
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
• DN 50 (recommendable only for PN 10 ... PN 40, PN 100 pressure transmitters and low-
pressure transmitters for pressure) pressure applications
• DN 80 PN 10 ... PN 40, PN 100 • For other applications Viton
• DN 100 PN 16, PN 40 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
• DN 125 PN 16, PN 40 of the pressure transmitter
• 2 inch (recommendable only for Class 150, class 300, class 600, Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
pressure transmitters for pressure) class 1500 available on request)
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600 Capillary
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
• 5 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Sealing face
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
No. 1.4404/316L Filling liquid
ASMR B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(for remote seals of sandwich and Silicone oil M5
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or flange design)
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Silicone oil M50
Materials
High-temperature oil
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
Food oil (FDA listed)
• Without foil
Glycerine/water (not for use in
• PTFE (for vacuum on request) low-pressure range)
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request) Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• PFA (for vacuum on request)
remote seal
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 More information can be found in
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 "Technical data of filling liquid" in
Tantalum the Technical description to the
remote seals
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
• Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless Certificate and approvals

steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and
(DRGL 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/161

Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected
to a pressure transmitter to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately): SITRANS P (order separately):
2 for pressure 7MF403 7 and 7MF4237 together D) 7 M F 4 9 2 0 -

for pressure 7MF403 7 and 7MF4237 together D) 7 M F 4 9 2 0 -
and 7MF80271); and 7MF80271);
scope of delivery: 1 off scope of delivery: 1 off
for absolute pressure 7MF433 7; D) 7 M F 4 9 2 1 - for absolute pressure 7MF433 7; D) 7 M F 4 9 2 1 -
for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; D) 7 M F 4 9 2 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF443 7; D) 7 M F 4 9 2 3 -
1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure Filling liquid
• DN 50 PN 10 ... 40 A • Silicone oil M5 1
PN 100 B • Silicone oil M50 2
(DN 50 recommended only for pressure • High-temperature oil 3
transmitters for pressure) • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• DN 80 PN 10 ... 40 D • Glycerin/water3) 6
PN 100 E • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
• DN 100 PN 16 G Add Order code and plain text:
PN 40 H Filling liquid: ...
• DN 125 PN 16 J Length of capillary4)
PN 40 K • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 2 inch Class 150 L • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
Class 300 M • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
Class 600 N • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
Class 1500 P • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
(2 inch recommended only for pressure • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
transmitters for pressure) • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
• 3 inch Class 150 Q Other version 9 N1y
Class 300 R Add Order code and plain text:
Class 600 S Length of capillary: ...
• 4 inch Class 150 T 1)

Class 300 U vacuum-tight version.
2)
Class 400 V For vacuum on request.
3)
• 5 inch Class 150 W 4)Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
Class 300 X D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.

Class 400 Y
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or Selection and Ordering data Order code
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Further designs
Other version Z J1Y Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
Add Order code and plain text: Spark arrestor
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
Sealing face: See "Technical data" documentation) for transmitters for
Wetted parts materials • pressure and absolute pressure A01
• Stainless steel 316L • differential pressure A02
- without foil A Quality inspection certificate (Factory calibration) to C11
- with PTFE coating E0 IEC 60770-2
- with ECTFE coating2) F Acceptance test certificate C12
- with PFA coating D to EN 10204, section 3.1
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
Vacuum-proof design
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U • pressure V01
• Tantalum K • differential pressure V03
Other version Z K1Y
Add Order code and plain text: Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
Wetted parts materials: ... transmitter
Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
Tube length
• without tube 0
Tube length: ...
2/162 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

D D b
b
f dM dM f
2
n xd 2 n xd 2
9)
(5.
50
³1
ø d4
ø k
ø k
R
ø d4
_
+
9)
(5.
(5. 150
50
9)
³1
³
R
R
Connection to EN 1092-1 Connection to EN 1092-1

Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 dM f k n Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 dM f k n
diam. press. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm diam. press. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 50 PN 40 20 165 18 102 59 2 125 4 DN 80 PN 40 24 200 18 138 89 2 160 8
PN 100 28 195 26 102 59 2 145 4 PN 100 32 230 26 138 89 2 180 8
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 18 138 89 2 160 8 DN 100 PN 16 20 220 18 158 89 2 180 8
PN 100 32 230 26 138 89 2 180 8 PN 40 24 235 22 162 89 2 190 8
DN 100 PN 16 20 220 18 158 89 2 180 8 DN 125 PN 16 22 250 18 188 124 2 210 8
PN 40 24 235 22 162 89 2 190 8 PN 40 26 270 26 188 124 2 220 8
DN 125 PN 16 22 250 18 188 124 2 210 8
PN 40 26 270 26 188 124 2 220 8
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 dM f k n
Connection to ASME B16.5 diam. press.
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 dM f k n lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
diam. press.
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 3 inch 150 24 190 20 127 89 1.6 152.5 4
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3.50) (0.06) (6)
2 inch 150 20 150 20 92 59 1.6 120.5 4 300 29 210 22 127 89 1.6 168.5 8
(0.79) (5.80) (0.79) (3.62) (2.32) (0.06) (4.74) (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3.50) (0.06) (6.63)
300 22.5 165 20 92 59 1.6 127 8 600 38.5 210 22 127 89 6.4 168.5 8
(0.89) (6.50) (0.79) (3.62) (2.32) (0.06) (5) (1.52) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3.50) (0.25) (6.63)
600 32 165 20 92 59 1.6 127 8 4 inch 150 24 230 20 158 89 1.6 190.5 4
(1.26) (6.50) (0.79) (3.62) (2.32) (0.06) (5) (0.95) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.50) (0.06) (7.5)
3 inch 150 24 190 20 127 89 1.6 152.5 4 300 32 255 22 158 89 1.6 200 8
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3.50) (0.06) (6) (1.26) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.50) (0.06) (7.87)
300 29 210 22 127 89 1.6 168.5 8 400 41.5 255 26 158 89 6.4 200 8
(1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3.50) (0.06) (6.63) (1.62) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.50) (0.25) (7.87)
400 38.5 210 22 127 89 6.4 168.5 8 5 inch 150 24 255 22 186 124 2 216 4
(1.52) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3.50) (0.25) (6.63) (0.94) (10.04) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50)
4 inch 150 24 230 20 158 89 1.6 190.5 4 300 35 280 22 186 124 2 235 8
(0.95) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.50) (0.06) (7.5) (1.38) (11.02) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)
300 32 255 22 158 89 1.6 200 8 400 45.5 280 26 186 124 7 235 8
(1.26) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.50) (0.06) (7.87) (1.79) (11.02) (1.02) (7.32) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)
400 41.5 255 26 158 89 6.4 200 8 d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5
(1.62) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.50) (0.25) (7.87) dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
5 inch 150 24 255 22 186 124 2 216 4 Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to
(0.94) (10.04) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50) SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or for differential
300 35 280 22 186 124 2 235 8 pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
(1.38) (11.02) (0.87) (7.32) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)
400 45.5 280 26 186 124 7 235 8
(1.79) (11.02) (1.02) (7.32) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/163

For gage and absolute pressure,
directly fitted on transmitter
■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of flange design, directly fitted on a pressure transmitter

for pressure
Diaphragm seals (flange design) for pressure and absolute pres- Capillary
sure, directly fitted on a transmitter
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure lengths on request
• DN 50 PN 40, PN 100 • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• DN 80 PN 40, PN 100 • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• DN 100 PN 16, PN 40 Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
• 2 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600, • Silicone oil M50
class 1500 • High-temperature oil
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600 • Halocarbon oil (for measuring
O2)
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
• Food oil (FDA listed)
Sealing face
• Glycerine/water (not suitable for
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME use in low-pressure range)
1.4404/316L B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Max. recommended process 170 °C (338 °F)
• For the other materials Smooth to EN 1092-1, form B2 or temperature
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
Materials mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal.
More information can be found in
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L the technical data of the pressure
• Without foil transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
• PTFE (for vacuum on request) the Technical description to the
remote seals.
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request)
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 equipment directive (DRGL liquids of fluid group 1; complies
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
Tantalum practice)
• Capillary Stainless steel, 1.4571/316Ti
• Sealing material on the process Copper
connection
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the transmitter
Tube length • Without tube
• 50 mm (1.97 inch)
• 100 mm (3.94 inch)
• 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• 200 mm (7.87 inch)
2/164 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord.code
Diaphragm seal D) 7 M F 4 9 1 0 - Diaphragm seal D) 7 M F 4 9 1 0 -
Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777 Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777
SITRANS P for pressure 7MF403 7 and SITRANS P for pressure 7MF403 7 and
7MF4237 together with Order code "V01" 7MF4237 together with Order code "V01"
(vacuum-proof design) and 7MF80271); must
be ordered separately
(vacuum-proof design) and 7MF80271); must
be ordered separately 2
Process connection Filling liquid
• Vertical (pressure transmitter upright) 0 • Silicone oil M5 1
• Horizontal 2 • Silicone oil M50 2
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2) 4
• DN 50 PN 40 A • Glycerin/water3) 6
PN 100 B • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
• DN 80 PN 40 D Other version 9 M1 Y
PN 100 E
Filling liquid: ...
• DN 100 PN 16 G 1)
PN 40 H vacuum-tight version.
2)
For vacuum on request.
• 2 inch Class 150 L 3)
Class 300 M D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
Class 600 N
Class 1500 P
• 3 inch Class 150 Q Selection and Ordering data Order code
Class 300 R Further designs
Class 600 S Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
• 4 inch Class 150 T Spark arrestor A01
Class 300 U With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
Class 400 V documentation) for transmitters for pressure and abso-
Smooth sealing face to DIN 1092-01, form B1 or lute pressure
B2, or to ASME B16.5 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF Quality inspection certificate (Factory calibration) to C11
Other version Z J1Y IEC 60770-2
Add Order code and plain text: to IEC 60770-2
Acceptance test certificate C12
Wetted parts materials to EN 10204, section 3.1
Vacuum-proof design V01
- without foil A
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
- with PTFE coating E0 pressure
- with ECTFE coating2) F
Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
- with PFA coating D transmitter
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
• Tantalum K
Other version Z K1Y
Tube length
• Without tube 0
• 50 mm • (1.97 inch) 1
• 100 mm • (3.94 inch) 2
• 150 mm • (5.90 inch) 3
• 200 mm • (7.87 inch) 4
Tube length: ...
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/165

■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1

Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. press.
Vertical mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
process connection
DN 50 PN 40 20 165 18 102 48.3 59 2 125 4
2
193 (7.6)
PN 100 28 195 26 102 48.3 59 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 18 138 76 89 2 160 8
83 (3.27)
PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 89 2 180 8

n x d2 DN 100 PN 16 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
b
f
L

ø d5 Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
ø d4 Tube length L diam. press.
see Ordering Data lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
øk
sq.in.
øD (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
2 inch 150 20 150 20 92 48.3 59 1.6 120.5 4
L b (0.79) (5.91) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (2.32) (0.06) (4.74)
193 (7.6)
n xd 2 300 22.5 165 20 92 48.3 59 1.6 127 8

f
(0.89) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (2.32) (0.06) (5)
600 32 165 20 92 48.3 59 6.4 127 8
(1.26) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (2.32) (0.25) (5)
ø d5
ø d4
øD
øk
1500 45 215 26 92 48.3 59 6.4 165 8

211 (8.3) (1.77) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (2.32) (0.25) (6.5)
Horizontal 226 (8.9)
process connection 3 inch 150 24 190 20 127 76 89 1.6 152.5 4
(0.95) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6)
Diaphragm seals of flange design, direct connection to a SITRANS P 300 29 210 22 127 76 89 1.6 168.5 8
pressure transmitter (process connection vertical (top) and horizontal (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6.63)
(bottom)), dimensions in mm (inch)
600 38.5 210 22 127 76 89 6.4 168.5 8
(1.52) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.25) (6.63)
4 inch 150 24 230 20 158 94 89 1.6 190.5 8
(0.95) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7.5)
300 32 255 22 158 94 89 1.6 200 8
(1.26) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7.87)
400 41.5 255 26 158 94 89 6.4 200 8
(1.62) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.25) (7.87)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/

ASME B16.5
2/166 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

For differential pressure,
fixed connection and with capillary
■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of flange design for pressure transmitters for differential

pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary
Diaphragm seals of flange design for pressure transmitters for dif- Tube length Without tube
ferential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary
50 mm (1.97 inch)
100 mm (3.94 inch)
• DN 80 PN 40
150 mm (5.91 inch)
• DN 100 PN 16, PN 40
200 mm (7.87 inch)
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300
Capillary
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
Sealing face lengths on request
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
No. 1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
ASME B16.5 RFSF Silicone oil M50
Materials High-temperature oil
• Main body Stainless steel 316L Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L Food oil (FDA listed)
• Without foil Glycerine/water (not suitable for
• PTFE (for vacuum on request) use in low-pressure range)
• ECTFE (for vacuum on request) Max. recommended process 170 °C (338 °F)
temperature
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 mitter and the filling liquid of the
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 remote seal
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 the technical data of the pressure
Tantalum transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. the Technical description to the
No. 1.4571/316Ti remote seals
• Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
Sealing material in the process flan-
ges Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and
equipment directive (DRGL liquids of fluid group 1; complies
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
pressure transmitters and low- paragraph 3 (sound engineering
pressure applications practice)
• For other applications Viton
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/167

Diaphragm seal D) 7 M F 4 9 1 3 - Diaphragm seal D) 7 M F 4 9 1 3 -
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777 Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777
direct mounting to high-pressure side and flan- direct mounting to high-pressure side and flan-
ged remote seal without tube, fitted by means ged remote seal without tube, fitted by means
2 of capillary to low-pressure side of SITRANS P

for differential pressure, DS III series (7MF4437)
of capillary to low-pressure side of SITRANS P
for differential pressure, DS III series (7MF4437)
Flange, connection to EN 1092-1 Length of capillary 3)
Nom. diam. Nom. press. • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• DN 80 PN 40 D • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• DN 100 PN 16 G • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
PN 40 H • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
Flange, connection to ASME B16.5 • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
Nom. diam. Nom. press. • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 3 inch Class 150 Q • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Class 300 R Other version 9 N1y
• 4 inch Class 150 T Length of capillary: ...
Class 300 U
1)
Other version Z J1Y 2)
Add Order code and plain text: Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
3)
Flange: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
pressure: ... D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.

Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or
B2, or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF Further designs
• Stainless steel 316L Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
- without foil A Spark arrestor A02
- with PTFE coating E0 With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
- with ECTFE coating 1) F documentation)
- with PFA coating D Quality inspection certificate (Factory calibration) to C11
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G IEC 60770-2
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J Acceptance test certificate C12
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610 U to EN 10204, section 3.1
• Tantalum K Vacuum-proof design V03
Other version Z K1Y for use in low-pressure range
Calculation of span of associated pressure Y05
transmitter
Tube length Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
(for mounting flange on high-pressure side)
• Without tube 0
• 50 mm (1.97 inch) 1
• 100 mm (3.94 inch) 2
• 150 mm (5.90 inch) 3
• 200 mm (7.87 inch) 4
Tube length: ...
Filling liquid
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Filling liquid: ...
2/168 Siemens FI 01 · 2009


diam. press.
D b mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
dM f
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 18 138 76 89 2 160 8
n xd 2
2
)
5.9
DN PN 16 20 200 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
0(
100
15
PN 40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
R _>
ø d4
ø k
diam. press.
lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
+ sq.in.
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
3 inch 150 24 190 20 127 76 89 1,6 152,5 4
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6)
300 29 210 22 127 76 89 1,6 168,5 8
L b (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (3.50) (0.06) (6.63)
4 inch 150 24 230 20 158 94 89 1,6 190,5 4
n xd 2 f (0.95) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7)
300 32 255 22 158 94 89 1,6 200 8
(1.26) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.06) (7.87)
ø d4
ø d5
øD
øk
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 /

Tube length L ASME B16.5
100
(3.94) see dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
Ordering data
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary, fixed connec-

tion, for connection to a SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential
pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/169

Quick-release diaphragm seals
For gage, absolute and differential pressure
■ Overview - DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
• Clamp connection
- 1½ inch PN 40
2 - 2 inch
- 2½ inch
PN 40
PN 25
- 3 inch PN 25
For differential pressure and flow
• To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
• To DIN 11851 with threaded socket
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
Quick-release diaphragm seals, to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- 2 inch PN 40
- 2½ inch PN 25
- 3 inch PN 25
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
1.4404/316L ASME B 16.5RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
Quick-release diaphragm seals, with clamp connection No. 1.4571/316Ti
Quick-release diaphragm seals are available for the following • Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
• For pressure: MK II, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
• For differential pressure and flow: DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF of the pressure transmitter
The quick-release remote seals are common designs in the food Tube length Without tube
industry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot Capillary
accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
cleaning. lengths on request
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Quick-release diaphragm seal Filling liquid Food oil (FDA listed)
Connection, nominal diameter Nominal pressure Glycerin/water (not suitable for
For pressure use in low-pressure range)
• To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
- DN 25 PN 40 remote seal
- DN 32 PN 40 More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
- DN 40 PN 40 transmitters and in the section
- DN 50 PN 25 "Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
- DN 65 PN 25 remote seals
- DN 80 PN 25 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
• To DIN 11851 with threaded socket Certificates and approvals
- DN 25 PN 40 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and
- DN 32 PN 40 equipment directive liquids of fluid group 1; complies
(DRGL 97/23/EC) with requirements of article 3,
- DN 40 PN 40 paragraph 3 (sound engineering
- DN 50 PN 25 practice)
2/170 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Quick-release diaphragm seal D) 7 M F 4 9 4 0 - Quick-release diaphragm seal D) 7 M F 4 9 4 3 -
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pres- 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777
pressure 7MF403 7 and 7MF4237 together with sure for differential pressure and flow, type
Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof design) and 7MF4437; order separately
7MF80271); must be ordered separately
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435
Delivery unit: 2 off
2
Nom. diam. Nom. press. Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut • Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- DN 25 PN 40 1B - DN 50 PN 25 1E
- DN 32 PN 40 1C - DN 65 PN 25 1F
- DN 40 PN 40 1D - DN 80 PN 25 1G
- DN 50 PN 25 1E • Connection to DIN 11851 with threaded
- DN 65 PN 25 1F socket
- DN 80 PN 25 1G - DN 50 PN 25 2E
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks - DN 65 PN 25 2F
- DN 25 PN 40 2B - DN 80 PN 25 2G
- DN 32 PN 40 2C • Clamp connection
- DN 40 PN 40 2D - 2 inch PN 40 4M
- DN 50 PN 25 2E - 2½ inch PN 40 4N
- DN 65 PN 25 2F - 3 inch PN 40 4P
- DN 80 PN 25 2G Other version
• Clamp connection Add Order codes and plain text:
- 1½ inch PN 40 4L Nominal diameter: ... 9 H1Y
- 2 inch PN 40 4M Nominal pressure: ... Z J1Y
- 2½ inch PN 40 4N Filling liquid
- 3 inch PN 40 4P • Glycerin/water1) 6
Other version • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Add Order codes and plain text: Other version 9 M1 Y
Nominal diameter: ... 9 H1Y Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal pressure: ... Z J1Y Filling liquid: ...
Filling liquid Connection to transmitter
• Glycerin/water2) 6 through capillary, Length:2)
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7 • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
Other version 9 M1 Y • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
Add Order code and plain text: • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
Filling liquid: ...
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
Connection to pressure transmitter • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• direct 0 • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
through capillary, length:3) • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 Other version 9 N1y
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 Add Order code and plain text:
Length of capillary: ...
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 Further designs Order code
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 code.
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8 Quality inspection certificate (Factory calib- C11
Other version 9 N1y ration) to IEC 60770-2
Length of capillary: ... Acceptance test certificate C12
Further designs Order code to EN 10204, section 3.1
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order Vacuum-proof design V03
code.
for use in low-pressure range
Quality inspection certificate (Factory calib- C11
1)
ration) to IEC 60770-2 Not suitable for use in low-pressure range.
2)
Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
to EN 10204, section 3.1
1)
2)
3)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/171

146 (5.75)
H
H
H
dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure
R
³
15
0(
5.9
)
dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Clamp connection (left) Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted Connection to DIN 11851 with
union nut (center) threaded socket (right)
DN Ø dM ØD H DN Ø dM ØD H G1 DN Ø dM H G1
(1½ inch) 32 (1.26) 50,5 (2) 35 (1.38) 25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6 25 25 36 Rd 52x1/6
(2 inch) 40 (1.57) 64 (2.52) 35 (1.38) 32 32 70 36 Rd 52x1/6 32 32 36 Rd 52x1/6
(2½ inch) 52 (2.05) 77,5 (3.05) 35 (1.38) 40 40 78 36 Rd 65x1/6 40 40 36 Rd 65x1/6
(3 inch) 72 (2.83) 91 (3.58) 35 (1.38) 50 52 112 36 Rd 78x1/6 50 52 36 Rd 78x1/6
65 65 112 36 Rd 95x1/6 65 65 36 Rd 95x1/6
80 72 127 36 Rd 110x1/6 80 72 36 Rd 110x1/6
25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6
dM Effective diaphragm diameter
Quick-release diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/172 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Miniature diaphragm seal
For gage and absolute pressure
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Miniature diaphragm seals
Span with
• G1B > 6 bar (> 87 psi)
• G1½B
• G2B
> 2 bar (> 29 psi)
> 600 mbar (> 8.7 psi) 2
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5 or food oil (FDA listed)
Material
• Main body Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404/ 316L
• Diaphragm Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404 / 316L
Maximum pressure 100% of nominal pressure of pressure
transmitter, up to maximum of PN 400
(5802 psi) (depending on the seal
Miniature diaphragm seals used)
The miniature diaphragm seals are available for the following Temperature of use Same as pressure transmitter
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series for pressure:
Temperature range of medium Same as pressure transmitter
• P300, DS III, DS III PA, DS III FF
Max. recommended process 150 °C (302 °F)
Suitable for high pressures, contaminated, fibrous and viscous temperature
media in the chemical, paper, food and drink industries.
Weight
■ Design
• G1B Approx. 0.3 kg (approx. 0.66 lb)
• G1½B Approx. 0.5 kg (approx. 1.10 lb)
• Flush-mounted diaphragm • G2B Approx. 0.8 kg (approx. 1.76 lb)
• No dead spaces Certificate and approvals
• Fixed threaded stems
Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids
pressure equipment directive of fluid group 1; complies with
■ Dimensional drawings (DRGL 97/23/EC) requirements of article 3, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code

Miniature diaphragm seals D) 7 M F 4 9 6 0 -
directly fitted to SITRANS P pressure transmitters 1 7 7 0 7 777
for pressure; type, 7MF403 7 and 7MF4237 toge-
ther with Order code "V01" (vacuum-proof design)
and 7MF80271); must be ordered separately
Pressure rating, see "Pressure transmitters"
146 (5.75)
Process connection
• G1B C
• G1½B D
• G2B E
• 1“ - NPT K
• 1½“ - NPT L
• 2“ - NPT M
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z J1Y
Process connection: ...
• Stainless steel 316L A
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z K1Y
SW Wetted parts materials: ...
Filling liquid
H
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 M1 y
L
Filling liquid: ...

dM 1)
G vacuum-tight version.
d
G Ø dM SW Ød L H Selection and Ordering data Order code

Further designs
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
G1B 25 (0.98) 41 (1.61) 39 (1.53) 28 (1.1) 56 (2.21) Quality inspection certificate (Factory calibration) to C11
G1½B 40 (1.57) 55 (2.17) 60 (2.36) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97) IEC 60770-2
G2B 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36) 70 (2.76) 30 (1.18) 63 (2.48) Acceptance test certificate C12
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter Vacuum-proof design V01
Miniature diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch) for use in low-pressure range
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/173

Flushing rings
For diaphragm seals

Flushing ring for remote seals of sandwich and flange design
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100
2 • DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 600
Flushing ring Sealing face
Flushing rings are required for flange-mounted and sandwich- • To EN 1092-1 Form B1
type remote seals (Order No. 7MF4900 ... 7MF4923) if the dan- Form B2
ger exists that the process conditions and the geometry of the
connection could cause the medium to form deposits or blocka- Form D/Form D
ges. Form C/Form C
The flushing ring is clamped between the process flange and Form C/Form C
the remote seal.
Form E
Deposits can be flushed away from the diaphragm through the Form F
holes in the side, or the pressure volume can be vented. Different
nominal diameters and forms permit adaptation to the respec- • To ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
tive process flange. RFSF
Process connection RJT ring groove
For flanges to EN and ASME: Flushing holes (2 off), female • G¼
DN 50, 80, 100, 125; PN 16 ... 100 or thread:
• G½
DN 2 inch, 3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch; Class 150 ... 600
• ¼-18 NPT
Standard design • ½-14 NPT
Material: CrNi-Stahl, mat. No. 1.4404/316L Material Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Sealing faces and flushing holes: See Selection and Ordering
data
■ Design
Remote seal flange Spülring

Flushing ring
Dichtung
Flushing outlet Flushing inlet
Gasket
Measuring
point flange
Installation example
2/174 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Flushing rings
For diaphragm seals
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code ■ Dimensional drawings
Flushing ring D) 7 M F 4 9 2 5 -
for remote seals 7MF4900 to 7MF4923 1 7777 777
Thread
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• DN 50
• DN 80
PN 16 ... PN 100
PN 16 ... PN 100
A
B 2
h
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 C
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 D
di
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 600 G
d4
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 600 H
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 600 J
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 600 K
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text: DN PN d4 di h Weight
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... (mm) (bar) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
Sealing face 50 16 ... 100 102 62 30 1.10
• EN 1092-1
80 16 ... 100 138 92 30 1.90
- Form B1 A
- Form B2 C 100 16 ... 100 162 92 30 3.15
- Form C/Form C D 125 16 ... 100 188 126 30 3.50
- Form D/Form C E
Connection to ASME B 16.5
- Form D/Form D F
DN Class d4 di h Weight
- Form E G
- Form F H inch mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
• ASME B16.5 2 150 ... 600 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.60 (1.32)
- RF 125 ... 250 AA M
3 150 ... 600 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.05 (2.31)
- RFSF Q
- RJT ring groove R 4 150 ... 600 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 2.85 (6.28)
Other version Z K1Y 5 150 ... 600 185.5 (7.3) 126 (4.96) 30 (1.18) 3.30 (7.28)
Sealing face: ... Flushing ring, dimension drawing
Flushing holes (2 off)
• Female thread G¼ 1
• Female thread G½ 2
• Female thread ¼-18 NPT 3
Material
• Stainless steel 316L 0
Other version 9 M1 y
Material: ...

Further designs
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/175

Clamp-on seals of flange design
For gage pressure, differential pressure and flow

Clamp-on seals for flange-mounting
• DN 25 PN 6 ... PN 100
2 • DN 40 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 50 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 6 ... PN 100
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... class 2500
Process connection Flange to EN 1092-1 or
ASME B 16.5
Clamp-on seals for flange-mounting Sealing face To EN 1092-1, form B1 or to

ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 A or
The clamp-on seal is completely integrated in the process line. RFSF
It is particularly suitable for flowing and highly viscous media. Materials
The clamp-on remote seal consists of a cylindrical jacket into • Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
which a thin-walled pipe is welded. It is clamped directly bet-
• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
ween two flanges in the pipeline.
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
■ Design • Without foil
• Clamp-on seals for flange-mounting (flange design) to • ECTFE coating
EN/ASME for SITRANS P pressure transmitters • PFA coating (for vacuum on re-
- For pressure: P300, DS III, DS III PA and DS III FF series quest)
- For differential pressure and flow: DS III, DS III PA and
DS III FF Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
• Sealing face to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5 Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Connection to the transmitter directly or by means of a flexible Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4610
capillary (max. 10 m long) Tantalum
• See Technical data for details of materials used for the wetted • Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
parts No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Material used for the capillary, the guard sleeve, the seal’s • Sheath Spiral hose made of stainless
main body and the measuring cell: Stainless steel, steel, mat. No. 1.4301/316
mat.-No. 1.4571
Capillary
• Filling liquid: Silicone oil, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil,
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
food oil (FDA listed) or glycerin/water (not suitable for uses in
low-pressure range) • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
■ Function Silicone oil M50
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the High-temperature oil
filling liquid and passes either directly or through the capillary to Halocarbon oil
the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior
of the diaphragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measu- Food oil (FDA listed)
ring chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by Glycerin/water (not suitable for
the filling liquid. uses in low-pressure range)
Note: Permissible ambient temperature See pressure transmitters, see fil-
ling liquid
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
(see Selection and Ordering data). Certificates and approvals
(DRGL 97/23/EC) with the requirements of article 3,
ned to category III, conformity
evaluation module H by the TÜV
Nord
2/176 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Clamp-on seal for flange-mounting for Further designs
SITRANS P pressure transmitters Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code.
for pressure D) 7 M F 4 9 8 0 - Spark arrestor
7MF403 7 and 7MF4237 together with Order With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (including
code "V01" (vacuum-proof design) and
7MF80271); must be ordered separately, scope
documentation)
• Pressure and absolute pressure A01
2
of delivery: 1 off
for differential pressure and flow D) 7 M F 4 9 8 3 - • for differential pressure transmitters A02
7MF4433 or 7MF4434; order separately, scope Quality inspection certificate (Factory calibration) to C11
of delivery: 1 pair (set); Material: Completely of IEC 60770-2
stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L;
Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME Acceptance test certificate C12
B16.5; sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1, To EN 10204, section 3.1
or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
1 77 0 7 - 7B 777 For use in low-pressure range
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure Calculation of span of associated pressure trans- Y05
• DN 25 PN 6 ... 100 B mitter
• DN 40 PN 6 ... 100 D Enclose filled-in questionnaire with order
• DN 50 PN 6 ... 100 E Note:
• DN 80 PN 6 ... 100 G Suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter!
• DN 100 PN 6 ... 100 H
• 1 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... 2500 M
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 P
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 Q
Other version Z J1Y
- Without foil A
- With PFA coating D
- With ECTFE coating2) F
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Tantalum K
Other version Z K1Y
Filling liquid
Filling liquid: ...
Connection to transmitter
• direct (only for 7MF4980) 0
through capillary, length:4)
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Other version 9 N1y
1)
2)
3)
4)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/177


DN PN D Mb L H
mm bar mm mm mm mm
25 6 ... 100 63 28,5 60 78.5
2 40
50
6 ... 100
6 ... 100
85
95
43
54.5
60
60
89.5
92.5
146 (5.75) 80 6 ... 100 130 82.5 60 112
100 6 ... 100 150 107 60 122

DN Class D Mb L H
(inch) mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
H 1 150 ... 2500 63 28.5 60 78.5
(2.48) (1.12) (2.36) (3.1)
1½ 150 ... 2500 85 43 60 86
(3.35) (1.69) (2.36) (3.4)
2 150 ... 2500 95 54.5 60 94.5
ø Mb
(3.74) (2.15) (2.36) (3.72)
D
L 3 150 ... 2500 130 82.5 60 112
(5.12) (3.25) (2.36) (4.4)
4 150 ... 2500 150 107 60 122
(5.9) (4.21) (2.36) (4.8)
Clamp-on seal for flange-mounting, connected to SITRANS P pressure
transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
Bending radius ³ 150 mm (5.9)
2/178 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Quick-release clamp-on seals
For pressure and absolute pressure
■ Overview ■ Function
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm,
mounted on the inner circumference of the clamp-on seal, to the
filling liquid and then passes through the capillary to the measu-
2
ring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the
clamp-on seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by the fil-
ling liquid.
Note:
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof pressure
transmitter (see Selection and Ordering data).
Clamp-on seals of quick-release design for pressure
Connection Nominal Nominal
diameter pressure
• To DIN 11851 with threaded DN 25 PN 40
Quick-release clamp-on seals, to DIN 11851 with threaded socket socket
DN 40 PN 40
DN 50 PN 25
DN 65 PN 25
DN 80 PN 25
DN 100 PN 25
• Clamp connection 1½ inch PN 40
2 inch PN 40
2½ inch PN 40
3 inch PN 40
Material
• Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
Quick-release clamp-on seals, with clamp connection • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Quick-release clamp-on seals for pressure are available for the • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
following SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: Filling liquid • Food oil (FDA listed)
• P300
• Glycerin/water (not suitable for
• DS III use in low-pressure range)
• DS III PA Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• DS III FF mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
■ Application the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
The quick-release clamp-on seal is a special design for flowing "Technical data of filling liquid" in
media and high-viscosity media. Since it is completely integra- the Technical description to the
ted in the process pipe, no turbulences, dead volumes or other remote seals
obstructions to the flow occur. The measured medium flows un- Weight Approx. 4 kg (approx. 8.82 lb)
hindered through the clamp-on seal and results in self-cleaning
of the measuring chamber. Furthermore, the clamp-on seal can Certificate and approvals
be cleaned by a pig. Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and
sure equipment directive liquids of fluid group 1; complies
■ Design (DRGL 97/23/EC) with the requirements of article 3,
ned to category III, conformity eva-
The quick-release clamp is available in two versions: luation module H by the TÜV Nord
• DIN 11851 with threaded socket
The clamp-on seal is connected to the pressure transmitter eit-
her directly or by way of a capillary.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/179

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ord. code

Quick-release clamp-on seal D) 7 M F 4 9 5 0 -
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777
pressure
7MF403 7 and 7MF4237 together with Order
2 code "V01" (vacuum-proof design) and
7MF80271); must be ordered
separately
Material: Stainless steel 316L
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks
- DN 25 PN 40 2B
- DN 40 PN 40 2D
- DN 50 PN 25 2E
- DN 65 PN 25 2F
- DN 80 PN 25 2G
- DN 100 PN 25 2h
- 1½ inch PN 40 4L
- 2 inch PN 40 4M
- 2½ inch PN 40 4N
- 3 inch PN 40 4P
Other version
Add Order codes and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ... 9 H1Y
Nominal pressure: ... Z J1Y
Filling liquid
Filling liquid: ...
Connection to transmitter
• Direct 0
3)
Through capillary, length:
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Other version 9 N1y
1)
2)
3)

Further designs
Quality inspection certificate (Factory calibration) to C11
IEC 60770-2

2/180 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

146 (5.9)
H
H
1
DN
1
D2
D1
G
D
D
d
L L
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure
)
5.9
0(
15
³
R
1
DN
D2
D1
G
d
D
D
D
L L
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks Clamp connection for pipes to BS 4825/3 and o.D. tubes
DN Ø D1 Ø D2 H L G1 d Ø D1 Ø D2 H L D
25 38 52 68 128 Rd 52x1/6 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
40 55 65 74.5 160 Rd 65x1/6 22.2 (1) 38 (1.5) 50 (1.97) 67 (2.64) 114 (4.49) 50.5 (1.98)
50 68 78 81 170 Rd 78x1/6 34.9 (1½) 43 (1.69) 65 (2.56) 74.5 (2.93) 146 (5.75) 50.5 (1.98)
65 85 95 89.5 182 Rd 95x1/6 47.6 (2) 56 (2.2) 75 (2.95) 79.5 (3.13) 156 (6.14) 64 (2.52)
80 110 110 97 182 Rd 110x1/4 60.3 (2½) 68 (2.68) 77 (3.03) 80.5 (3.17) 156 (6.14) 77.5 (3.05)
100 130 130 107 182 Rd 110x1/4 73.0 (3) 82 (3.23) 91 (3.58) 87.5 (3.44) 156 (6.14) 91 (3.58)
Quick-release clamp-on seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/181

Remote seals
Measuring setups
■ Overview Possible combinations of pressure transmitters and remote

seals
This section shows examples of typical measuring setups for Type of installation Pressure transmit- Remote seals
using SITRANS P pressure transmitters with and without remote ters
seals.
A/B 7MF4033 7MF4900
2 Equations for calculating start of scale and full scale are provi-
ded for each example.
7MF4034
7MF4035
7MF8023
7MF4910
7MF4920
Questionnaires are included to help you select the right combi- 7MF8024
nation of remote seal and pressure transmitter. 7MF8025
C1 and C2 7MF4233 7MF4900
Installation 7MF4234 7MF4910
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted between the con- 7MF4235 7MF4920
nection flange of the measuring point and a dummy flange. Re- (vacuum-proof design
mote seals of flange design are fitted directly on the connection in each case)
flange of the measuring point. The respective pressure rating of 7MF4333 7MF4901
the dummy flange or the flanged remote seal must be observed. 7MF4334 7MF4921
7MF4335
The pressure transmitter should be installed below the connec-
tion flange (and below the lower connection flange in the case of D 7MF4433 7MF4903
differential pressure transmitters). This arrangement must be 7MF4434 7MF4923
used in the low-pressure range. 7MF4435
E 7MF4433 7MF4913
When measuring at pressures above atmospheric, the pressure 7MF4434
transmitter can also be installed above the connection flange. 7MF4435
The capillaries between the remote seal and the pressure trans- G, H and J 7MF4433 7MF4903
mitter should be as short as possible to obtain a good transmis- 7MF4434 7MF4923
sion response. 7MF4435
Offset of measuring range

If there is a difference in height between the two connection flan-
ges when measuring with two remote seals, an additional diffe-
rential pressure will result from the oil filling of the remote seal ca-
pillaries. This results in a measuring range offset which has to be
taken into account when you set the pressure transmitter.
An offset in the measuring range also occurs when combining a
remote seal with a transmitter if the remote seal is not installed at
the same height as the transmitter.
Pressure transmitter output
If the level, separation layer or density increase in closed ves-
sels, the differential pressure and hence the output signal of the
pressure transmitter also increase.
For an inverted relationship between the differential pressure
and the output signal, the start-of-scale and full-scale values of
the SITRANS P must be interchanged.
With open vessels, a rising pressure is usually assigned to an in-
creasing level, separation layer or density.
Temperature differences between the individual capillaries and
between the individual remote seals should be avoided.
Temperature variations in the area of the measuring setup cause
a change in volume of the filling liquid and hence measuring er-
rors.
Notes
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer
has to be positioned between the two spigots. Also you must
make sure that the level in the container is always above the
top spigot.
• When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
dium remains constant. The level should be above the top spi-
got.
2/182 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Remote seals
Measuring setups with remote seals
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)
Installation type A Installation type B Installation type A

Start-of-scale: pMA = rFL · g · HU - rOil · g · H1 2
Full-scale: pME = rFL · g · HO - rOil · g · H1
DH DH
Installation type B
HO HO
Start-of-scale: pMA = rFL · g · HU + rOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = rFL · g · HO + rOil · g · H1
HU HU Legend
H1
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
rFL Density of medium in vessel
H1 rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
Pressure transmitter Pressure transmitter
above the measuring point below the measuring point HO Full-scale value
H1 £ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 £ 4 m (13.1 ft) H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure trans.
Types of installation for absolute level measurements (closed vessels)
Installation type C1 Installation type C2 Installation type C1 and C2

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART + rOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = pEND + rOil · g · H1
Legend
H1 pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pSTART Start-of-scale value
pEND Full-scale value
p abs p abs rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
H1 H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure trans.
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 ³ 200 mm (7.9 inch)
Type of installation for differential pressure and flow measurements
Installation type D Filter monitoring Installation type D

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART - rOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = pEND - rOil · g · HV
Legend
pSTART Start-of-scale value
H1 HV
pEND Full-scale value
rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)
H2
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/183

Remote seals
Measuring setups with remote seals
Types of installation for level measurements (closed vessels)
Installation type E Installation type E

Start-of-scale: pMA = rFL · g · HU - rOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = rFL · g · HO - rOil · g · HV
2 Legend
rFL Density of medium in vessel
rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
DH the remote seal
HV g Local acceleration due to gravity
HO HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
HU HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)
Installation type G Installation type H Installation type J
H2
H1
DH H1
HV
HO H1
H2
HU
H2
Pressure transmitter for differential pressure below the lower measuring point between the measuring points, no vacuum
above the upper measuring point, no vacuum
H1 £ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as H2 £ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as
filling liquid only H1 £ 4 m (13.1 ft) filling liquid only H2 £ 4 m (13.1 ft)
Installation type G, H and J Legend

Start-of-scale: pMA = rFL · g · HU - rOil · g · HV pMA Start-of-scale value to be set g Local acceleration due to gravity
pME Full-scale value to be set HU Start-of-scale value
Full-scale: pME = rFL · g · HO - rOil · g · HV
rFL Density of medium in vessel HO Full-scale value
rOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)
the remote seal
2/184 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Remote seals
Measuring setups without remote seals
■ Overview Also you must make sure that the level in the container is al-
ways above the top spigot.
Notes • When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer dium remains constant. The level should be above the top spi-
has to be positioned between the two spigots. got
■ Dimensional drawings 2
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers
Level measurement
Full-scale value Start-of-scale: pMA = r · g · HU
Full-scale: pME = r · g · HO
Legend
Ho r r Density of medium in vessel
Start-of-scale value
Hu HO Full-scale value
Separation layer measurement

Constant level Start-of-scale: pMA = g · (HU · r1 + (HO - HU) · r2)
= full-scale value
Full-scale: pME = r1 · g · HO
r2 Legend
Separation layer pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
Ho r1 r1 Density of heavier liquid
r2 Density of lighter liquid
Hu HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
Density measurement
Start-of-scale: pMA = rMIN · g · HO
Constant level Full-scale: pME = rMAX · g · HO
Legende
Ho rMIN Minimum density of medium in vessel
r rMAX Maximum density of medium in vessel
HO Full-scale value in m
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/185

Remote seals
Measuring setups without remote seals
Measuring setups for closed containers
Level measurement, Version 1

Static
pressure Gas-filled negative Start-of-scale: DpMA = r · g · HU
pressure line Full-scale: DpME = r · g · HO
2 Maximum level
Legend
DpMA Start-of-scale value to be set
DpME Full-scale value to be set
r Density of medium in vessel
Full-scale value
HO Full-scale value
Ho
Hu r
Transmitter
reference line
Maximum level
Static Separation layer measurement

pressure Static Start-of-scale: DpMA = g · (HU · r1 + (HO - HU) · r2 - HV · r'2)
pressure
Constant level
Full-scale: DpME = g · (HO · r1 - HV · r'2)
Max. separation layer Legend
DpMA Start-of-scale value to be set
DpME Full-scale value to be set
Full-scale value
r1 Density of heavier liquid with separation layer
in vessel
r' Hv r2 Density of lighter liquid with separation layer
r 2
Start-of-scale value 2 r'2 Density of liquid in the negative pressure line
Ho (corresponding to the temperature existing there)
Hu r
1 HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
HV Distance between the measuring points
(spigots)
Transmitter
reference line
2/186 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

s Questionnaire
Checking of transmitter/remote seal combinations
2
* Customer:___________________ Tag. No.: _____________________
* Plant: ___________________ Item No.: _____________________
* Ordering code:________________ Person responsible: ___________
* Ordering department: _____ Phone: _____________________
* Transmitter Order No.: 7MF 4 –1 –1
Order No. of transmitter known?

Yes No
* Order No. of remote seal: * Or without Order No.: Process connection

* 7MF 4 9 – – –Z * Standard: ________________________
Suffixes _______________________ * Nominal diameter: ________________________
Suffixes _______________________ * Nominal pressure: ________________________
* Constructional design: Sandwich-type rem. seal
Flanged remote seal
Quick-release
remote seal
Clamp-on seal
Other.: ______________
* Connection: Direct connection
Capillary on one side;
connection to:
+ side – side
Capillaries on both sides;
Capillary length: ___ m
* Vacuum-proof design Yes No
* Wetted parts materials: ________________________
* Tube: No Yes, ___mm long
* Filling liquid ________________________
* Miscellaneous ________________________
Calculation of measuring range necessary?
No Yes
* Range to be set: * Medium ____________________________

* (without calculation) * Density of medium: _______ kg/m3
Start-of-scale:_________ mbar ( 4 mA) * Temperature of medium: Normal ________ °C
Full-scale: _________ mbar (20 mA) Minimum ________ °C
Maximum________ °C
* Required measuring accuracy:
* Ambient temperature on capillaries: Normal ________ °C
Error: < . % of set span per
_________ Minimum ________ °C
: _________ 10 V change in Maximum________ °C
: _________ temperature * Ambient temperature on transmitter: Normal ________ °C
Minimum ________ °C
Maximum________ °C
* Operating pressure referred to absolute zero: ____ bar a
* Does a vacuum occur during startup? No Yes
Please fill in this questionnaire If yes, associated temperature of medium: ________ °C
and enclose with every order! * Installation type, see pages 2/183 and 2/184 A B C1 C2 D
E G H J
* Measuring: With install. types A, B, C1, C2 and D: from ___ to ___ mbar
range With install. types A, B, G, H and J: HU = ___ mm; HO = ___ mm
* Dimensions: With install. types A, B, C1 and C2: H1 = ___ mm
With install. types D, G, H and J: HV = ___ mm
* Start-of-scale value following calculation:_________ mbar ( 4 mA)
* Full-scale value following calculation:_________ mbar (20 mA)
* Associated span: _________ mbar
Checked: Name:
* Error to be expected: < . % of set span per 10 K
_________
Department:
_________ change in temperature
Date:
*) Values must be entered here!
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/187
s Questionnaire
for hydrostatic level measurements
2 Order date: _______________________________________________
Processing date: __________________________________________
Ordering code (customer): _________________________________
Ordering code (supplier): __________________________________
Customer reference:_______________________________________
Measuring point: __________________________________________
Position:__________________________________________________
Dimensions: ______________________________________________
Pressure: bar
Temperature: K °C
Measuring range: cm m
(please mark with cross)
Order No. of transmitter 1):
7 M F 4 – – –Z
Y01
The different pressures and tem- Please supply the following characteristic data so that we can calculate the measuring range,
peratures (densities) in the vessel start-of-scale value, full-scale value and calibration data:
and in the reference column result
in an offset in the start-of-scale
and full-scale values. Please mark type of boiler with a cross: Closed1)
The calibration data are deter-
Open or not under pressure2)
mined in addition.
It is also checked whether – as a Medium ____________________
result of the range offset – the
ordered transmitter is suitable for
this measurement. Licensed boiler pressure (absolute) _______________ bar
Operating pressure (absolute) Lowest _______________ bar
3)
Normal _______________ bar
Highest _______________ bar
Temperature of reference column (cold) _______________ K
Distance between measuring points (dimension according to sketch) HV = _________ m
Measuring range4) = start-of-scale value to full-scale value
Start-of-scale value HU =___________ m
Full-scale value HO =___________ m
Position of equalizing vessel above bottom measuring
point if different from HV _______________ m
Please mark pressure correction of level with a cross: No

Yes4)
1)
Reference line filled with condensation! Falling differential pressure with increasing level.
2)
Reference line without gas or filled with gas (air). Rising differential pressure with increasing level.
3)
If not specified otherwise, this value is assumed as the calculation pressure of the level meter.
The input signal (differential pressure) depends on the density (pressure and temperature).
The influence is practically negligible for a lowest liquid level of 20 to 30% of the distance between the
measuring points.
4)
If a pressure correction of the level is required, the measuring range must be the same as the
distance between the measuring points, and the transmitter is designed for the calculation pressure
of 1 bar (absolute).
Pressure correction means: the static pressure and the temperature are measured separately and
calculated by a correction computer or measured-value computer.
2/188 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

s Questionnaire (suitable for US market)
Checking of transmitter/remote seal combinations
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2
* Customer:___________________ Tag. No.: _____________________
* Plant: ___________________ Item No.: _____________________
* Ordering code:________________ Person responsible: ___________
* Ordering department: _____ Phone: _____________________
* Transmitter Order No.: 7MF 4 –1 –1
Order No. of transmitter known?

Yes No
* Order No. of remote seal: * Or without Order No.: Process connection

* 7MF 4 9 – – –Z * Standard: ________________________
Suffixes _______________________ * Nominal diameter: ________________________
Suffixes _______________________ * Nominal pressure: ________________________
* Constructional design: Sandwich-type rem. seal
Flanged remote seal
Quick-release
remote seal
Clamp-on seal
Other.: ______________
* Connection: Direct connection
Capillary on one side;
connection to:
+ side – side
Capillaries on both sides;
Capillary length: ___ ft
* Vacuum-proof design Yes No
* Wetted parts materials: ________________________
* Tube: No Yes, __inch long
* Filling liquid ________________________
* Miscellaneous ________________________
Calculation of measuring range necessary?
No Yes
* Range to be set: * Medium ____________________________

* (without calculation) * Density of medium: _______ kg/m3
Start-of-scale:_________ psi ( 4 mA) * Temperature of medium: Normal ________ °F
Full-scale: _________ psi (20 mA) Minimum ________ °F
Maximum ________ °F
* Required measuring accuracy:
* Ambient temperature on capillaries: Normal ________ °F
Error: < . % of set span per
_________ Minimum ________ °F
: _________ 18 °F change in Maximum ________ °F
: _________ temperature * Ambient temperature on transmitter: Normal ________ °F
Minimum ________ °F
Maximum ________ °F
* Operating pressure referred to absolute zero: ____ psiabs
* Does a vacuum occur during startup? No Yes
Please fill in this questionnaire If yes, associated temperature of medium: ________ °F
and enclose with every order! * Installation type, see pages 2/183 and 2/184 A B C1 C2 D
E G H J
* Measuring: With install. types A, B, C1, C2 and D: from ___ to ___ psi
range With install. types A, B, G, H and J: HU = ___ inch; HO = ___ inch
* Dimensions: With install. types A, B, C1 and C2: H1 = ___ inch
With install. types D, G, H and J: HV = ___ inch
* Start-of-scale value following calculation: _________ psi ( 4 mA)
* Full-scale value following calculation: _________ psi (20 mA)
* Associated span: _________ psi
Checked: Name:
* Error to be expected: < . % of set span per 18 °F
_________
Department:
_________ change in temperature
Date:
*) Values must be entered here!
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/189
Fittings
■ Overview Classification according to pressure equipment directive

(DGRL 97/23/EC):
All shut-off fittings can be secured onto walls, racks (72 mm grid) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; compli-
and vertical and horizontal pipes. ance with requirements of article 3, paragraph 3 (sound engi-
This offers the advantage when assembling a plant that the shut- neering practice).Siemens FI 01 · 2009
2 off fittings can be secured first and the lines for the medium and
differential pressure connected to them. It is then possible to
New standard DIN EN 61518
check all connections for leaks and to blow out or flush the pipes The flange connection between transmitter and valve manifold
in order to remove dirt (welding residues, shavings etc.). was modified in the new standard DIN EN 61518. The only con-
nection thread approved for use in the process flanges of the
The measuring instruments can be screwed onto the shut-off fit- pressure transmitter is 7/16-20 UNF.
tings right at the end when all piping has been completed.
The valve manifolds for M12 screws, including the accessory
If an instrument has to be removed for maintenance, the fittings sets, have therefore been deleted.
and pipes remain as they are. It is only necessary to close the
valves – the instrument can then be removed, and refitted follo- Material acceptance test certificate to EN 10204-3.1
wing maintenance.
If a material acceptance test certificate to EN 10204-3.1 is re-
quired when ordering valve manifolds or shut-off fittings, please
note that a single certificate is sufficient for each ordered item
type. This means that you will only be charged for one certificate
in the cost calculations.
■ Pressure transmitters with shut-off fittings - mounting examples
SITRANS P transmitter for gage pressure with double shut-off valve, SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure, mounted in pro-
SITRANS P pressure transmitter with multiway cock or 3-spindle valve tective box (available on request)
manifold
SITRANS P transmitter for differential pressure with 3-way valve manifold, SITRANS P pressure transmitter mounted on valve combination "Mo-
3-spindle valve manifold or valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 noflange" for direct connection to flanges (available on request)
2/190 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Fittings
Selection aid
■ Selection of available shut-off valves

Transmitters Shut-off valves for general Page Shut-off valves for spe- Page
applications cial applications
Relative and absolute pres- Shut-off valves/double shut- 2/193 Double shut-off valve DN 5 2/196
2
sure transmitters with process off valves to DIN 16270, for crossover ½-NPT-F to
connection G½" male thread DIN 16271 and DIN 16272 G½ nipple connection
e.g. 7MF9011-4EA
• SITRANS P, Z series
7MF1564-.....-.A..
• SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...0.-.... 2-spindle valve manifold 2/216
• SITRANS P DS III series DN 5 for installation in pro-
7MF403.-...0.-.... and tective boxes
7MF423.-...0.-.... 7MF9412-1B
2-way valve manifolds, 2/198

DN 5, forged version
7MF9401-2J. and
7MF9401-2K.
Relative and absolute pres- Double shut-off valve DN 5 2/196 Double shut-off valve 2/196
sure transmitter with G½"-14 7MF9011-4FA and DN 5 for process connec-
NPT female thread 7MF9011-4GA tion
• e.g. ½-NPT
7MF9011-4DA
• SITRANS P Z series
7MF1564-.....-.H..
• SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...1.-....
• SITRANS P DS III series
7MF403.-...1.-.... and
7MF423.-...1.-....
Absolute pressure transmitter 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 2/201 2-spindle valve manifold 2/216
with process connection to 7MF9411-5A. DN 5 for installation in pro-
IEC 61518 tective boxes
e.g. 7MF9412-1C.
7MF433.-...

7MF9401-2E. and
7MF9401-2F.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/191

Fittings
Selection aid
Transmitters Shut-off valves for general Page Shut-off valves for spe- Page
applications cial applications
Differential pressure transmit- For 3/5-spindle valve manifold 2/201 3-way valve manifolds, 2/206
ter with process connection to DN 5 DN 5, forged version
IEC 61518 7MF9411-5B. and 7MF9410-1..
2 e.g. 7MF9411-5C.
7MF443.-... and
7MF453.-...
7MF9410-3..
PN 100 multiway cocks 2/204

7MF9004-... 3-way valve manifolds, 2/209
7MF9416-1.. and
7MF9416-2..
Valve manifold combina- 2/212

tion DN 5/DN 8 for vapor
measurement
7MF9416-6..
Valve manifold combina- 2/214

tion DN 8 for vapor measu-
rement
7MF9416-4..
3- and 5-spindle valve 2/216

manifolds for DN 5 for
installation in protective
boxes
7MF9412-1D. and
7MF9412-1E.
3- and 5-spindle valve 2/220

manifolds for vertical diffe-
rential pressure lines
7MF9413-1..
Low-pressure multiway 2/223

cock
7MF9004-4..
2/192 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Fitttings - Shut-off valves for gage and absolute pressure transmitters
Shut-off valves
to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Order No.

Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270
without test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8484-1, without certificate
2
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
P250GH 400 bar 7MF9401-8AB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar 7MF9401-8AC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8484-1, without certificate
P250GH 400 bar 7MF9401-8BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar 7MF9401-8BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Transmitter for pressure with double shut-off valve 7MF9401-...
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
The shut-off valves for pressure gages are used to shut off the with test collar, connection shank,
line of the measured medium when dealing with aggressive and without certificate
non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
■ Design
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar 7MF9401-7DA
A water trap must be connected upstream of the shut-off valve (mat. No. 2.0402)
in the case of temperatures of the medium above 120 °C. The P250GH 400 bar 7MF9401-7DB
shut-off valves form B have a shaft with which they can be secu- (mat. No. 1.0460)
red on an instrument bracket. An adapter is therefore not re-
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar 7MF9401-7DC
quired to secure these valves. The vent/test connection can be (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
shut off separately with the double shut-off valves DN 5. This per-
mits checking of the zero on the pressure gage. In addition, the Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
characteristic of the pressure gage can be checked using an ex- with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
ternal pressure source. 12 S DIN EN ISO 8484-1, without certificate
P250GH 400 bar 7MF9401-8DB
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270 (mat. No. 1.0460)
without test collar, connection shank, X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar 7MF9401-8DC
without certificate
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Material Maximum permissible Accessories
Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3)250 bar F) 7MF9401-7AA
(mat. No. 2.0402) Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1
P250GH 400 bar F) 7MF9401-7AB
(mat. No. 1.0460) Instrument bracket, see page 2/197.
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar F) 7MF9401-7AC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3)250 bar F) 7MF9401-7BA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar F) 7MF9401-7BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar F) 7MF9401-7BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/193

Shut-off valves
to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
■ Characteristic curves
bar
400
Steel or stainless
2 300
steel version
Operating pressure
400 bar at 120 °C

350 bar at 200 °C
200
Brass version
100 250 bar at 120 °C
200 bar at 200 °C
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature
A
18
diam. 26
h11
28
63
120 ± 5
B C
20
20
diam. 6
34
20
A Connection on device side: to DIN 16 284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule 12 mm diam.,
S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20x1,5
Shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm
approx. 90 approx. 85
A
18
diam. 26
h11
28
120 ± 5
63
SW 27
B
20
20
diam. 6
C
45
20
A Connection on device side: to DIN 16 284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule 12 mm diam.,
S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with protective cap): thread M20x1,5
Double shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm
2/194 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Angle adapter
■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

*®
É

၂
*®
É

P300 pressure transmitter with shut-off valve and angle adapter Angle adapter, dimensions in mm
The angle adapter enables pressure transmitters with top dis-
plays to be read from the front.

Angle adapters 7MF9401-7WA
Material: X 12 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 (mat. No.
1.45714/316Ti), max. permissible operating
pressure 400 bar
Accessories
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1
bar
400
300 Design stainless steel

Operating pressure
400 bar at 120 °C

200 350 bar at 200 °C
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Permissible operating overpressure as a function of the permissible ope-

rating temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/195

Double shut-off valves
■ Overview A 18.5
18
The double shut-off valves DN 5 are suitable for pressure gages diam. 7
and pressure transmitters and available in 4 versions: approx. 25.5 6
58
• Sleeve-collar
100.5
17
2 • Sleeve-sleeve
63.5
50
• Sleeve-nipple
33
C
7
• Collar-collar diam.
31 B 31.75 6.4
12 60 approx. 90
■ Characteristic curves approx. 118
bar A Connection on device side: nipple to DIN 16 284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
400 C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
300
Operating pressure
Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-nipple) 7MF9011-4EA, dimensions in

200 420 bar at 120 °C mm
350 bar at 200 °C
100
½-14 NPT
¼-18 NPT
0 A
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature C
110
temperature

Double shut-off valves DN 5 B
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2 (mat. No. ½-14 NPT
1.4404/316L), max. permissible working
pressure 420 bar;
A Connection on device side: ½-14 NPT
• Sleeve-sleeve 7MF9011-4DA B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
• Sleeve-nipple connection 7MF9011-4EA
• Sleeve-collar 7MF9011-4FA
• Collar-collar 7MF9011-4GA Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-collar) 7MF9011-4FA, dimensions in
mm
Accessories
EN 10204-3.1
~137
DSSUR[
A
approx. 118 31.75
25.5 A 17

137
137
63.5
50
DSSUR[
33
C diam. 6.4 B C
12 31 B 7
60 approx. 90
A Connection on device side: ½-14 NPT

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-sleeve) 7MF9011-4DA, dimensions in
mm A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT
Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-collar) 7MF9011-4GA, dimensions in

mm
2/196 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Accessories for
shut-off valves / double shut-off valves
■ Overview ■ Overview
The mounting set is suitable for the double shut-off valves The instrument brackets are needed to mount the following units:
7MF9011-4.A and for wall, rack and pipe mounting. • Pressure gages with threaded connection at the bottom
Selection and Ordering data Order No. • Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
Mounting set for shut-off valves (7MF9401-7.. and 7MF9401-8..)
2
• 7MF9011-4DA und -4EA 7MF9011-8AB Selection and Ordering data Order No.
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form H, DIN 16281
1x mounting bracket,
2x hexagon screws M6x40, made of aluminium alloy, painted black,
1x mounting clip, for wall mounting, screw-type bracket cover
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; • Projection length 60 mm M56340-A0046
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 • Projection length 100 mm M56340-A0047
• 7MF9011-4FA und -4GA 7MF9011-8AC Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and M56340-A0053
1x mounting bracket, primed for mounting on a wall or rack or or
2x hexagon screws M6x10, on a sectional rail (horizontal/vertical);
1x mounting clip, Screw-type bracket cover
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125;
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and M56340-A0079
■ Dimensional drawings primed with pipe clamp for mouting on a
pipe (horizotal/vertical)
Screw-type bracket cover

(60)
65 100
(160)

6: 10

18
28

56
5

o7 o26
h11
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AB) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4DA and

7MF9011-4EA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm Instrument bracket form H, for wall mounting, M56340-A0046/-A0047,
dimensions in mm
72 100
65 10
1
o1
3
72
28
o6
<_
90
72
M8
85
25
SW10
hex. 10
34
11 91
50 85
o26
72 Ø60.3 100 h11
90
R30
6.5
Instrument bracket form A, wall or pipe mounting,

M56340-A0053/-A0079, dimensions in mm
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AC) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4FA and

7MF9011-4GA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/197

2-way valve manifolds DN 5
The characteristic of the pressure measuring instrument or pres-
sure transmitter can be tested through the test connection.
A pressure gage for local display can be connected to the test
2 connection.
The two-way valve manifold DN 5 can be used in addition to shut
off and vent the line with the measured medium.
■ Accessories
Accessory set for 2-way valve manifold DN 5 for flanging
• A31: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.3,
1 flat gasket
• A34: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.3,
1 O-ring (FPM 90)
• A11: 2 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket
• A15 (suitable for oxygen): 2 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 4762,
The two-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9401-2..) is used to shut 2 washers, 1 flat gasket
off and vent the line with the measured medium, and to test the • A16: 2 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers,
connected pressure gage or transmitter. 1 flat gasket (FPM 90)
■ Benefits Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!

• Available for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and ga- Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
ses Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
• Two connection versions available
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
- For flanging to pressure transmitters
- With nipple for connection of pressure gages and pressure Mounting plate
transmitters for pressure
Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
• Max. working pressure 420 bar, with version for oxygen max.
100 bar • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
Scope of delivery:
■ Application - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
• M12: For pipe mounting
The 2-way valve manifold is available in versions for aggressive Scope of delivery:
and non-aggressive liquids and gases. - 1 mounting plate M11
- 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to Ø 60.3 mm
mounting racks or for pipe mounting.
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
■ Design • S12: (only in combination with versions for aggressive liquids
and gases): Suitable for oxygen
The 2-way valve manifold DN 5 has 3 connections:
• A process connection (pipe union with ferrule Ø 12 mm)
• A connection for a pressure gage (flange or nipple)
• A test connection (thread G3/8)
The 2-fold valve manifold DN 5 also has an operating valve and
a test valve, each with an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
2-way valve manifold DN 5 for flanging to pressure transmitters
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X6 1.4571/
CrNiMoTi 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 17 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 harde- 1.4122
ned and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -
2/198 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Selection and Ordering data Order No. Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.
2-way valve manifold DN 5 7 MF 9 4 0 1 - 77A Further designs1)
for flanging to pressure transmitters, max. Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
working pressure 420 bar, weight 1.85 kg specify Order code.
(order accessory set and mounting plate with
2
Order code), without certificate Accessory set to EN
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 2e (required for flanging,
weight 0.2 kg)
• for aggressive liquids and gases 2f
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x A31 7MF9001-5CC
for fitting to pressure gages or pressure trans- 21/8 inch to ASME B18.3; chromized
mitters for pressure, with nipple connection to steel
DIN 16284, max. working pressure 420 bar, 1x gasket made of PTFE,
weight 1.8 kg (order mounting plate with max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
Order code)1)
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x A34 7MF9401-5AA
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 2J 21/8 inch to ASME B18.3; chromized
steel
• for aggressive liquids and gases 2K 1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65
Accessories - S - FPM90, max. permissble
420 bar, 120 °C
Accessory set to DIN2)
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD (required for flanging3),
EN 10204-3.1 weight 0.2 kg)
1)
For suitable seals, see page 2/228. 2x screws M10x55 to
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
2x washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125;
1x gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
• Standard design A11 7MF9001-6AD
• Version for oxygen A15 7MF9001-6AE
2x screws M10x55 to A16 7MF9001-6AF
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm
to DIN 125;
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65
- S - FPM90, max. permissble
420 bar, 120 °C
Mounting plate
for valve manifold, made of
electrogalvanized sheet-steel
for wall mounting or for securing M11 7MF9006-6EA
on rack (72 mm grid),
weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for
mounting on valve manifold
for pipe mounting, M12 7MF9006-6GA
weight 0.7 kg
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
Valve manifold 100 bar
Suitable for oxygen, only for S12
7MF9401-2F. and 7MF9401-2K.
1)
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the 2-way valve
manifold, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
2)
Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160!
3)
Only required for versions 7MF9401-2E. und -2F.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/199

bar
400
2 300
Operating pressure
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
2-way valve manifold DN 5, permissible working pressure as a function

of the permissible working temperature
100
34 51 59 41 Ø12
19,5 2 1 C 2-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9401-2J/-2K) for connection to pressure
gages and pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm
B
41,3
65
32,5
7
M10, 12 A
72
25
A Process connection,
Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm,
S series to DIN 2353
B Connection for pressure gauge: flange conn. to DIN EN 61 518, Form A
C Test connection: thread G3/8
1 Operating valve
2 Test valve
Valve design: Internal spindle thread
2-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9401-2E/-2F) for flanging, dimensions in

mm Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
in mm
■ Schematics
B
A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
A C Test and blow-out connection
Connection diagram of the 2-way valve manifolds
2/200 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Fitttings - Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5

Valve manifolds DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 1 - 77A
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters for absolute and differential
pressure, max. working pressure 420 bar
2
(order accessory set with Order code),
without certificate
• 2-spindle valve manifold 5A
• 3-spindle valve manifold 5B
• 5-spindle valve manifold 5C
Accessories
EN 10204-3.1
Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.

Further designs1)
The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
7MF9411-5.. are for pressure transmitters for absolute pressure specify Order code.
or differential pressure. Accessory set to EN
(connection between valve manifold
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure and pressure transmitter)
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero.
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold enable in addi-
tion venting on the transmitter side and checking of the pressure 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K35 7MF9411-7DB
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
transmitter characteristic. steel
1x gasket made of PTFE,
■ Benefits max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
• Max. working pressure 420 bar 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K45 7MF9411-7DC
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; stainless
• Each available in version for oxygen steel
■ Application max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5B. and
The spindle valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and -5C.
gases
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K36 7MF9411-5DB
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
■ Design 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
All versions of the valve manifolds have a process connection ½- 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K46 7MF9411-5DC
14 NPT. The connection for the pressure transmitter is always 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; stainless
designed as a flange connection to EN 61518, form B . The 2- steel
spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition a vent 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
and test connection ¼-18 NPT.
The valves have an external spindle thread. (connection between valve manifold
Materials used and pressure transmitter)
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
Component Material Mat. No.
2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K15 7MF9411-7BB
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L
chromized steel
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K25 7MF9411-7BC
Packings PTFE - stainless steel
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
stainless steel;
■ Function 1x gasket made of PTFE,
Functions of all valve manifolds:
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection:
• Venting on the transmitter side
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/201

Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No. ■ Accessories
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code. 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• K35: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2
for valve manifolds 7MF9411-5B.
and -5C. 1 flat gasket
4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB • K15: 2 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
chromized steel 1 flat gasket
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, 3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
Flange connection with M10 screws
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
only permissible up to PN 160. 2 flat gaskets
4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K26 7MF9411-6BC • K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
stainless steel 2 flat gaskets
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125, Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
stainless steel;
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
Flange connection with M10 screws Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to
only permissible up to PN 160. PN 160!
Mounting plate Mounting plate
• for valve manifold, made of
Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
- for wall mounting or for securing M11 7MF9006-6EA • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
on rack (72 mm grid), weight Scope of delivery:
0.5 kg - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for • M12: For pipe mounting
mounting on valve manifold Scope of delivery:
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA - 1 mounting plate M11
Scope of delivery: - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe Ø 60.3 mm
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
• for valve manifold, made of • S12: For 2-way valve manifold
stainless steel • S13: For 3-way valve manifold
- for wall mounting or for securing M21 7MF9006-6EC • S13: For 5-way valve manifold
on rack (72 mm grid), weight
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
bar
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M22 7MF9006-6GC
Scope of delivery: 400
300
Operating pressure

200
Suitable for oxygen 100
• for 7MF9411-5A. S12 0
• for 7MF9411-5B. S13 0 100 200 300 400 °C
• for 7MF9411-5C. S14 Operating temperature
1)When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve Valve manifolds PN 5 (7MF9411-5..), permissible working pressure as a
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No. function of the permissible working temperature
2)
Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to 160!
2/202 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

¼-18 NPT
C B
½-14 NPT
2
41.3
63.5
55
M10 Ø12 31.75

54
68
182
A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61 518, form B
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
Valve design: external spindle thread in mm
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5A.), dimensions in mm ■ Schematics

48
A A A C A A C
B
½-14 NPT
B B B B B
63.5
41.3
55
A A Process connection
M10 diam. 12 C Blow-out-connection
31.75
38
54
80 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
96
210

B Transmitter connection: flange connection to EN 61 518, form B
Valve design: external spindle thread
3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5B.), dimensions in mm
115
¼-18 NPT
48
C
41.3
63.5
A
55
43
32.5
½-14 NPT
B
M10 Ø12 31.75
38
54
80
96
142
255

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61 518, form B
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5C.), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/203

Multiway cocks PN 100

Measured medium Water, non-aggres- Aggressive liquids,
sive liquids and gases and vapors
2
gases
Material P250GH, mat. No.: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2,
1.0460 mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti
Connections Steel, for pipe Stainless steel, for
Ø 12 mm, L series pipe Ø 12 mm, L
series
• Process connection 2 bulkhead glands
• Connection for blo- Pipe union with ferrule
wing out
Max. permissible wor- 200 °C
king temperature
Max. permissible wor- 100 bar (up to max. 60 °C)
king pressure
Weight 2.5 kg
Multiway cock PN 100 (7MF9004-1P.) for differential pressure transmitters
The multiway cock PN 100 can be flanged to pressure transmit- Multiway cock PN 100 7 MF 9 0 0 4 - 77A
ters for differential pressure. for flanging to pressure transmitters, weight
2.5 kg (without accessory set),
■ Benefits without certificate
• Version available for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors for water and non-aggressive gases and 1p
vapors
• Robust design
for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 1Q
• Oil-free and grease-free version possible
Accessories
• One-hand operation
■ Application Material acceptance test certificate
EN 10204-3.1
7MF9000-8AD
The PN 100 multiway cock is available in versions for aggressive

and non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors.
■ Design Further designs1)

specify Order code.
The multiway cock can be flanged with four screws to pressure
transmitters for differential pressure. Accessory set to EN
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
The PN 100 has 2 process connections and one blow-out con- 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to F) 7MF9004-5CC
nection. A steel version of the multiway cock is available for non- L31
ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
aggressive media, and a stainless steel version for aggressive 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
media. The housing is forged in one piece. The switching lever permissible temperature 80 °C
is removable. Accessory set to DIN
Sealing can be improved during operation. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017;
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the chromized steel
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
■ Function permissible temperature 80 °C
• Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
• Version for oxygen (together with L15 7MF9004-6AE
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines Order code S11
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero Multiway cock in oil-free and gre-
ase-free design
Max. PN 63 (instead of PN 100), S11
BAM-tested lubricant, gasket sui-
table for oxygen measurement (only
with Order No. 7MF9004–1Q.Z)
Mounting bracket M13 7MF9004-6AA
Required for wall mounting or for
securing on rack (72 mm grid),
made of electrogalvanized sheet-
steel, weight 0.85 kg
1)
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock
2/204 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings

Accessory set for multiway cock PN 100
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers, 2 flat gas-
kets
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
2
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
• S11 (only for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors
(7MF9004-1Q.)): Max. PN 63 (instead of PN 100), BAM-tested
lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
Mounting brackets
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
Multiway cock 7MF9004-1P. for flanging to pressure transmitters for diffe-

Multiway cock PN 100, permissible operating pressure as a function of rential pressure, dimensions in mm
the permissible operating temperature
40
6
19
90
70
o11
72 24
120 60
Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/205

3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
• In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
2 the differential pressure lines.

3-way valve manifold DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 0 - 77A
for flanging to pressure transmitters for diffe-
rential pressure, process connection: Pipe
union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar, weight 2.9 kg (order accessory set
and mounting plate with Order code),
without certificate
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 1e
• for aggressive liquids and gases 1f
5-way valve manifold DN 5
The three-spindle and five-spindle valve manifolds DN 5 rential pressure, process connection: Pipe
(7MF9410-1../-3..) are used to shut off the differential pressure li- union with ferrule, max. working pressure
nes and to check the transmitter zero. 420 bar, weight 4.4 kg (order accessory set
and mounting plate with Order code),
In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of without certificate
the differential pressure lines. • for non-aggressive liquids and gases 3e
■ Benefits • for aggressive liquids and gases

Accessories
3f
• Available for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and ga-

ses Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
• Max. working pressure 420 bar, with version for oxygen max. Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
100 bar EN 10204-3.1
■ Application
The 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds are available in versions
for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases.
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to
■ Design
The process connection of the 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds
is a pipe union with ferrule.
Both valve manifolds have 2 flange connections for connecting
a pressure transmitter.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold has 2 blow-out connec-
tions.
Depending on the version the valve manifold has either 3 or 5
valves, each with an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
gases liquids and
gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat.
No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X6 1.4571/
CrNiMoTi 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 17 12 2
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hardened 1.4122
and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/
316Ti
2/206 Siemens FI 01 · 2009


Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way and 5-way valve manifold DN 5 for
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and flanging
specify Order code.
• B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2
Accessory set to EN 2 flat gaskets
7
4x screws /16-20 UNF x B31 F) 7MF9010-5CC 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
steel 2 flat gaskets
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C • B15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014,
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
steel 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
ble 420 bar, 120 °C
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
chromized steel
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; Mounting plate
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
• M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
• Standard design B11 7MF9010-6AD Scope of delivery:
• Version for oxygen B15 7MF9010-6AE - 1 mounting plate 7MF9006-6EA with bolts for mounting on
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC
valve manifold
chromized steel • M12: For pipe mounting
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; Scope of delivery:
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, - 1 mounting plate M11
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
ble 420 bar, 120 °C
Ø 60.3 mm
Mounting plate
for valve manifold, made of Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
electrogalvanized sheet-steel S12: Only in combination with versions for aggressive liquids
for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA and gases
rack (72 mm grid), weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA
Scope of delivery:
suitable for oxygen
for 7MF9410-1F. S13
for 7MF9410-3F. s14
1)When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
2)
F)Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/207

bar
400
2
300
Operating pressure
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C

temperature
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
■ Dimensional drawings in mm
7
■ Schematics
2,4
51
A A A A
Ø 12
A
B
25
41,3
70
38
M10 B Transmitter connection

54 8 C Vent/test connection
22
72
108 41 B B C B B C
147
Three-way valve Five-way valve
manifold for manifold for liquids
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): liquids and gases and gases or vapors
Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection:
Flange connection to EN 61 518, form A
Valve design: internal spindle thread 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds, connections
3-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-1..), dimensions in mm
5-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-3..), dimensions in mm
2/208 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 performs two functions as stan-
dard:
All versions are also available with a test connection, to which a
2
test device for checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
can be connected.
3-way valve manifold DN 8 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
rential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar, (order accessory set and mounting
plate with Order code), without certificate
for non-aggressive liquids and gases
procedss connection: Pipe union with ferrule
• without test connection 1b
• with test connection 1c
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1../-2..) is for pressure
transmitters for differential pressure. It is used to shut off and for non-aggressive liquids and gases
procedss connection: Welding pin Ø 14 x 2.5
blow out differential pressure lines and to test the pressure trans-
mitter zero. • without test connection 2c
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- • with test connection 2d
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. for aggressive liquids and gases
process connection: Pipe union with ferrule
■ Benefits • without test connection 1d
• For aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases • with test connection 1e
• The maximum working pressure is 420 bar. Accessories
■ Application
The 3-way valve manifold is available in versions for aggressive EN 10204-3.1
and non-aggressive liquids and gases.
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to
■ Design
For the process connection on the version for non-aggressive
media it is possible to choose between a pipe union with ferrule
and welding pins.
The version for aggressive media always has a pipe union with
ferrule.
Both versions are available optionally with a test connection
M20x1.5.
The valves have an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
gases liquids and
gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat.
No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X6 1.4571/
CrNiMoTi 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 17 12 2
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 harde- 1.4122
ned and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/209


Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way valve manifold DN 8 for flanging
specify Order code. • B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 flat gaskets
2
Accessory set to EN
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B31 F) 7MF9010-5CC • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized 2 flat gaskets
steel
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
steel Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
ble 420 bar, 120 °C Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
Mounting plate
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B11 7MF9010-6AD Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
chromized steel • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; Scope of delivery:
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
• M12: For pipe mounting
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC Scope of delivery:
chromized steel
- 1 mounting plate M11
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- Ø 60.3 mm
ble 420 bar, 120 °C
Mounting plate ■ Characteristic curves
for valve manifold, made of
bar
for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA 400
rack (72 mm grid),
300
Operating pressure
weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: 200
mounting on valve manifold 100
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA 0

Scope of delivery: 0 100 200 300 400 °C
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) 3-way valve manifold DN 8, permissible working pressure as a function
1)
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve manifold,
2)
2/210 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

A A
7
48
C 31,5
Ø12 D D
2
48
B Three-way valve A Process connection
A
25
manifold for B Transmitter connection
41,3
liquids and gases C Vent/test connection
B B
38
M10
8
54 22
3-way valve manifold DN 8, connections
72 41
108
147
160
195
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):
Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
C Test connection:
M20x1.5
Valve design: internal spindle thread
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1..) with pipe union, dimensions in

mm
7
48
31,5
C
o12
48
A B
25
41,3
50
38
8
M10
54 22
72 41
108
147
160
195
Welding pin, diameter 14x2,5
C Test connection:
M20x1.5
Valve design: internal spindle thread
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-2..) with welding pin, dimensions

in mm
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions

in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/211

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
2 As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the transmitter charac-
teristic can be connected.

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for 7MF 9 4 1 6 - 6 7A
vapors
rential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar, also available in stainless steel on
request (order accessory set with Order
code), without certificate
• without test connection c
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6..) is for • with test connection M20 × 1.5 d
pressure transmitters for differential pressure. Accessories
The combination is used to shut off and blow out differential Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
pressure lines and to test the pressure transmitter zero. Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- EN 10204-3.1
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic.
■ Benefits Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.

Further designs1)
• Max. working pressure 420 bar
■ Application specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 is designed for va- (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
pors.
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
■ Design steel
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 has a process con- 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
nection with welding pins. max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as Accessory set to DIN2)
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
a pipe union with ferrule.
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the chromized steel
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread. 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
The optional test connections are M20x1.5. 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
ble 420 bar, 120 °C
Materials used Flange connection to DIN 19213
only permissible up to PN 160!
Valve manifold DN 5 Blow-out valves DN 8
1)When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combination,
Housing P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415 2)
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V 1.7709
57
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
CrMoS 17
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122
CrMo 17 CrMo 17 har-
dened and
tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
Packings PTFE - Pure gra- -
phite
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415
2/212 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings

Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for
flanging
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
bar
1 Valve manifold
400 2 Blow-out connection
300
Operating pressure
200 1) 1) According to DIN 19210 the design

1 2 can be such that the temperatures
100 for the differential pressure line can be
set approx. 100 °C lower than the
0 media temperature.
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C

temperature
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6C.), dimensions in

mm (deviating dimensions for 7MF9416-6D. shown in brackets)
■ Schematics
A A
D D
Valve manifold A Process connection
combination B Transmitter connection
for vapors C Blow-out connection
C B B C D Test connection
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8, connections
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/213

Valve manifold combination DN 8
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
2 As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the pressure transmitter
characteristic can be connected.
The valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..) is for pres-

sure transmitters for differential pressure.
It is used to shut off and blow out the differential pressure lines
and to check the pressure transmitter zero.
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con-
nected to check the pressure transmitter characteristic.
■ Benefits
• Max. working pressure 420 bar
■ Application
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is designed for vapors.
■ Design
The valve manifold combination DN 8 has a process connection
with welding pins.
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as
a pipe union with ferrule.
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread.
The optional test connection is M20x1.5.
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is supplied with a moun-
ting plate.
Materials used
Valve manifold Blow-out valves
Housing P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V 1.7709
57
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
CrMoS 17
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122
CrMo 17 CrMo 17 har-
dened and
tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
Packings PTFE - Pure gra- -
phite
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415
2/214 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Valve manifold combination DN 8
Selection and Ordering data Order No. ■ Characteristic curves

Valve manifold combination DN 8 for 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
vapors bar
for flanging to pressure transmitters for diffe- 1 Valve manifold
400 2 Blow-out connection
rential pressure, with mounting plate, max.
2
working pressure 420 bar, also available in 300
Operating pressure
stainless steel on request (order accessory
set with Order code), without certificate 200 1) 1) According to DIN 19210 the design
• without test connection 4c 1 2 can be such that the temperatures
100 for the differential pressure line can be
• with test connection M20 × 1.5 4d set approx. 100 °C lower than the
0 media temperature.
Accessories 0 100 200 300 400 500 °C
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating
EN 10204-3.1 temperature
Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No. ■ Dimensional drawings
Further designs1)
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and diam. 14
specify Order code. 160
155 2.5
A A
Accessory set to EN 11
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) M20x1.5
7
4x screws /16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
D
109
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized 7
steel
72
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C
B diam. 12
41.3
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) 54
38
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC 72 38
chromized steel 26 ca. 119
195
351
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, diam. 14x2.5
525
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C 195
Flange connection to DIN 19 213
only permissible up to PN 160!
1)
When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combination, 7
5,5

2)
17
11
72
■ Accessories C C
155 ca. 110
Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 8 for flan-
ging
• B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B 18.2.1, Welding pin
2 O-rings (FPM 90) B Transmitter connection:
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers, C Blow-out connection:
2 O-rings (FPM 90) Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 14 mm, S series to DIN 2353
C Test connection (only with Order No. 7MF9416-4D.):
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 M20x1.5
Valve design:
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
Blow-out valves: external spindle thread
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
Valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..), dimensions in mm
■ Schematics
A A
D D
Valve manifold A Process connection
combination B Transmitter connection
for vapors C Blow-out connection
C B B C D Test connection
Valve manifold combination DN 8, connections
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/215

2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
for installing in protective boxes

Valve manifolds DN 5 for mounting in 7 MF 9 4 1 2 - 77A
protective boxes
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for
2
absolute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar
without certificate
• 2-spindle valve manifold with rotatng sleeve 1b
G½
• 2-spindle valve manifold with flange 1c
connection
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1d
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1e
Accessories
The two-spindle, three-spindle and five-spindle valve manifolds EN 10204-3.1
(7MF9412-1..) are used to shut off the differential pressure lines
and to check the transmitter zero. Selection and Ordering data Order code Order No.
The five-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmit- Further designs1)
ter side and checking of the transmitter characteristic. Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
specify Order code.
These valve manifolds are preferentially used when mounting in
protective boxes. In addition, they can also be used for wall, Accessory set to EN
frame or pipe mounting together with the mounting bracket. (connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from the
for valve manifold 7MF9412–1C.
front when using these valve manifolds.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 2 inch to f32 7MF9412-6CA
■ Application ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
The valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and vapors max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C
and for installing in protective boxes.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x f35 7MF9412-6DA
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
■ Design 1x gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2)
All versions of the spindle manifolds have a process connection for valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and
½-14 NPT. -1E.
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x f34 7MF9412-6GA
as a flange connection to EN 61518, Form A. 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C2)
The valves have an external spindle thread.
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x f36 7MF9412-6HA
Materials used 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
Components Material Mat. No. 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2)
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti

Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316
Packings PTFE -
■ Functions
2/216 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds (Con-
specify Order code. nection between manifold and transmitter)
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 with flange connection
2
Accessory set to DIN
(connection between valve manifold • F32: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
and pressure transmitter) 1 O Ring (FPM90)
for valve manifold 7MF9412–1C. • F35: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; f12 7MF9412-6AA 1 flat-gasket
chromized steel
• F12: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 1 O-ring (FPM90)
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- • F15: 2 screws M10x50 toDIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
ble 420 bar, 120 °C2) 1 flat gasket
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; f15 7MF9412-6BA 3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
chromized steel
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; • F34: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
1x gasket made of PTFE, 2 O-rings (FPM90)
• F36: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
for valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and 2 flat-gaskets
-1E.
• F14: 4 screws M10x50 toDIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; f14 7MF9412-6EA
chromized steel
2 O-rings (FPM90)
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; • F16: 4 screws M10x50 toDIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, 2 flat-gaskets
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
ble 420 bar, 120 °C2) Washers Ø 10,5 to DIN 125
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; f16 7MF9412-6FA Flat-gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C
chromized steel
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2,65 - S - FPM90; max.420 bar, 120 °C
Note:
Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to
Mounting bracket PN 160!
required for wall mounting or for
securing to mounting rack, with bolts Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to moun-
for mounting on valve manifold ting rack
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B. M14 7MF9006-6LA With bolds for mounting on valve manifold
and -1C.
• M14: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
Mounting clip
M16 Mounting clips (2 off)
2 off, to secure mounting bracket 7MF9006-6KA
to pipe • M16: For securing the mounting brackets M14, M17 and M18
to pipe
suitable for oxygen Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
• S12: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B. S12
and -1C. • S13: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. S13 • S14: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. S14
1)
When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
2)
Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160! bar
400
300
Operating pressure
420 bar at 120 °C

200 350 bar at 200 °C
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C

temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/217

■ Dimensional drawings 54
12
G½
B
41.3
2
37
115
63.5
80
M8 B
38
10
½NPT
103
M8
A 38
88.9
80
M8 A
38
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection EN 61 518, form A

C Valve design: external spindle thread
10
¼-18 NPT
½-14 NPT M8 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1D..), dimensions in mm
Nipple to DIN 16 284, G½, SW 27
54
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1B..) with rotating sleeve,
dimensions in mm
approx. 157
41.3
70 12
115
15
Ø 12
M8
C
B
10
¼-18 NPT ½-14 NPT M8
41.3
38
A 87
114
ca. 228
115
B A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

80
C Flange connection to EN 61 518, form A

M8 A C Vent / test conenction: ¼-18 NPT
38
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1E..), dimensions in mm

10
¼-18 NPT ½-14 NPT

M8

2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1C..), dimensions in mm
2/218 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

12
R2.5
R10
+1 M8
R5
12
100
72
72
2
R2
72
8
8
2.5
4x Ø11 55 72
R5
100 60,3
110 155
180
180
26 9
17
19
R4.5
Ø16 Ø26
38
76
31.5
Ø9
6.5
24
19
26.6
31.6
6.35
57.6 Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,
77.1 dimensions in mm
110
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6LA)/(M14) for 2-spindle valve manifolds,

■ Schematics
dimensions in mm
B
C A Process connection
B Connection for pressure gauge or trans-
mitter for pressure or absolute pressure
C Vent/test connection
A
72
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (with rotating sleeve G½ or flange connec-

tion), connections
8
72
A A
60,3
110
B B
180
26 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
C A A C
19
38
76
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds, B Transmitter connection
dimensions in mm C Vent/test connection
B B
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/219

3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
for vertical angular differential pressure lines

Valve manifolds for vertical differential 7 MF 9 4 1 3 - 77A
pressure lines
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for abso-
2
lute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar
without certificate
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1d
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1e
Accessories
EN 10204-3.1

Further designs1)
These 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds 7MF9413-1.. Please add "-Z" to Order No. and
were developed specially for vertical differential pressure lines. specify Order code.
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure Accessory set to EN
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. (connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
The 5-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmitter 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K36 7MF9411-5DB
side and checking of the pressure transmitter characteristic. 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromi-
zed steel
■ Benefits 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
• For vertical differential pressure lines
• Max. operating pressure 420 bar (connection between valve manifold
• Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from and pressure transmitter)
the front. 4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB
chromized steel
■ Application 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
The 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical differen- max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C
tial pressure lines are for liquids and gases. The valve manifolds Flange connection with M10 screws
only permissible up to PN 160.
are flanged on the pressure transmitter.
Mounting bracket
■ Design required for wall mounting or for
securing to mounting rack, with bolts
All versions of the spindle valve manifolds have a process con- for mounting on valve manifold
nection ½-14 NPT. • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
as a flange connection to EN 61518, form B . required for mounting on 2" stand-
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition pipe, with bolts for mounting on
valve manifold
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT.
• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M19 7MF9006-6QA
Materials used:
Mounting clip
Component Material Mat. No.
2 off, to secure mounting bracket M16 7MF9006-6KA
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L to pipe
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti Valve manifold 100 bar
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L suitable for oxygen
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. S13
Packings PTFE - • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. S14
■ Function
1)
2)Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to 160!
2/220 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

■ Accessories
Accessory set (connection between manifold and transmit-
40
54 Ø12
ter)
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1, 2 flat
2
41,3
gaskets
76,2
• K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers, 2 flat
55
47
gaskets
B
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 M8 ½-NPT
¼-NPT 38
76 C
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C 31,75
115 A
Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to 134
PN 160! 242
Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to moun-

ting rack 5-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. for vertical differential pressure li-
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold nes, dimensions in mm
• M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold
Mounting bracket for mounting on 2" standpipe
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold
72
8
Mounting clips (2 off)
72
For securing the mounting brackets M17, M18 and M19 to pipe 60,3
110
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
• For 3-spindle valve manifold
• For 5-spindle valve manifold
■ Characteristic curves 180
26
bar
19
400
38
76
300
Operating pressure
420 bar at 120 °C Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds,
200 350 bar at 200 °C dimensions in mm
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
72

temperature
8
72
■ Dimensional drawings 60,3
155
54 Ø12
180
41,3
55
26 9
76,2
17
19
47
38
M8 38 1/2NPT 76
B
76 31,75
89 A
197
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,
dimensions in mm
3-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. for vertical differential pressure li-
nes, dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/221

5
100
72
2
8
72
76
9
50
19
16
26
38
92
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6QA)/(M19) for 3-spindle and 5-spindle val-

ve manifolds, dimensions in mm
■ Schematics
A A
B B
3-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions
A A
C Vent/test connection
1/4-18 NPT
C C
B B
5-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions
2/222 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Low-pressure multiway cock

for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters, max. working pressure 25 bar,
max. working temperature 60 °C
2
(up to 80 °C for a short time), weight 1.75 kg
(without accessory set)
Test connections
2x sealing screws G3/8 7MF9004-4CA
2x quick-release couplings 7MF9004-4DA

Further designs1)
specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch L31 7MF9004-5CC

to ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
The low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA can be 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
flanged to pressure transmitters for differential pressure. permissible temperature 80 °C
■ Benefits Accessory set to DIN

• Robust design 4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017;
• For liquids and gases chromized steel
• One-hand operation 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
permissible temperature 80 °C
■ Design • Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
The multiway cock has 2 process connections and 2 test con- • Version for oxygen L15 7MF9004-6AE
nections, which are available in 2 versions (with sealing screws Multiway cock in oil-free and
G3/8 or quick-release couplings). The housing is made of hot- grease-free design
pressed brass CuZn39Pb3, CW 614N. Test connections with BAM-tested lubricant, gasket S11
sealing screws or with self-sealing quick-release couplings. suitable for oxygen
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the Mounting bracket
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. required for wall mounting or for M13 7MF9004-6AA
securing on rack (72 mm grid),
■ Function made of electrogalvanized sheet-
steel, weight 0.85 kg
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines 1)
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero please use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
• Testing the pressure transmitter characteristic
■ Accessories
Accessory set for low-pressure multiway cock
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers, 2 flat gas-
kets
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
• S11: BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
Mounting brackets
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/223

■ Options ■ Characteristic curves

Test connections
• 2 sealing screws G3/8
• 2 quick-release couplings
2
Low-pressure multiway cock, permissible operating pressure as a func-

tion of the permissible operating temperature
Low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA for direct flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, dimensions in mm
40
6
19
90
70
o11
72 24
120 60
Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm
2/224 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Fittings - Accessories
Oval flange

Oval flange
with female thread ½-14 NPT, max. working
pressure 420 bar, flange connection to
DIN EN 61518, form A
Material
P250GH, mat. No.: 1.0460 7MF9408-2CE
2
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2, mat. No. 1.4404/316L 7MF9408-2CL

Further designs
specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN1)
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E36 7MF9408-5DA
1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chromi-
zed steel
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
The oval flange 7MF9408-2C. for pressure transmitters for abso- 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E34 7MF9408-5CA
lute pressure and differential pressure has a ½-14 NPT female 1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chromi-
thread and is designed for max. operating pressure 400 bar. zed steel
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
■ Accessories 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C
• E34: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.3, Accessory set to DIN1)
1 O-ring (FPM 90)
2x screws M10x40 to E13 7MF9408-6AA
• E13: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers, DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
1 O-ring (FPM 90) 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
• E36: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.2.1, 1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
1 flat gasket 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar, 120 °C2)
• E16: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN ISO 4762, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket 2x screws M10x40 to E16 7MF9408-6BA
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar, 80 °C max. permissible 420 bar, 80 °C2)
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar, 120 °C 1)
When ordering accessory set together with the oval flange, please
use Order code; otherwise use Order No.
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160! 2)
Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160!
Oval flange 7MF9408-2C., dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/225

Adapters, connection glands

Adapters enable e.g. a transition from medium connections with
SW 22
NPT thread to shut-off valves to DIN 16270 ... 16272 or pipes in
conjunction with a connection gland (e.g. 7MF9008).
2 ■ Design
The connection pieces are made of X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2, mat.
No. 1.4571 and available in 3 versions
• Thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1
• Thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1 Connection piece with thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½
7MF9001-1AA, dimensions in mm
• Thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT
SW 22

Adapter
(weight 0.2 kg)
with thread ¼-18 NPT – G½ F) 7MF9001-1AA
with thread ½-14 NPT – G½ F) 7MF9001-1CA
with thread ½-14 NPT – ½-14 NPT F) 7MF9001-1DA
with thread ½-14 NPT – M20 x 1.5 F) 7MF9001-1EA Connection piece with thread ½--14 NPT and connection shank G½
7MF9001-1CA, dimensions in mm
SW 22
Connection piece with thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT
7MF9001-1DA, dimensions in mm
SW 22
M20x1,5
Connection piece with thread ½-14 NPT and thread M20 x 1.5
7MF9001-1EA, dimensions in mm

Connection glands to connect medium or differential pressure li-
nes to collars G½ to DIN EN 837-1
• For rated pressures up to PN 630
• For oxygen only up to PN 250
Connection screwed gland
for pipelines
(weight 0.2 kg)
Material Design
11SMn30 Standard 7MF9008-1GA
(mat. No. 1.0715) Connection gland 7MF9008-1G., dimensions in mm
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Standard 7MF9008-1GB

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Grease-free 7MF9008-1GC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
2/226 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Connection parts G 1/2

Connection parts G½ for pressure gages and shut-off fittings are G½
available in 3 versions: Ø7
• Nipple connection
16
• Clamping sleeve
30
• Collar connection piece
48
SW 27
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Ø 12

Adapters G½
for pressure gages and shut-off fittings Nipple connection (G) M56340-A0001 to -A0003, dimensions in mm
Nipple connection
M20 x 1,5
G½ to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple and Ø7
gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar;
weight 0.1 kg;
16
connection: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
30
Female thread G½
48
Material Mat. No. SW 27
CuZn39Pb3 CW 614N M56340-A0001
Ø 14
Union nut M56340-A0002
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715
Nipple: Nipple connection (M20 x 1.5) M56340-A0008, dimensions in mm
RSt 37-2 1.0037
X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305
Nipple:
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Nipple connection
M20 x 1.5 to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple Clamping sleeve M56340-A0004/-A0005, dimensions in mm
and gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar;
weight 0.1 kg;
connection: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread G½
Material Mat. No.
X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305
Nipple:
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Clamping sleeve Collar connection piece M56340-A0006/-A0007, dimensions in mm
G½ to DIN 16283; max. working pressure
400 bar; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread: G½ right-hand G½ left-hand
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0004
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0005
Collar-adapter
max. working pressure; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Male thread: G½, G½
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0006
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0007
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/227

Water traps, Sealing rings to EN 837-1
■ Overview ■ Overview
Water traps protect pressure gages and shut-off fittings from he- The sealing rings to EN 837-1 are required to seal measuring in-
ating up (e.g. by steam) by the water column produced by the struments for pressure with the process connection G½B.
water trap.
2 The max. working temperature is 120 °C at 160 bar or 400 °C at
104 bar. If the temperature of the measured medium is higher, a
sufficiently long line has to be connected upstream of the trap to
enable heat dissipation.

■ Design
The water traps are available in U shape (type B) or circular

shape (type D) to DIN 16282. They have a weld-on end
Ø 20 mm × 2.6 mm on the measurement side. The connection
on the device side is a clamping sleeve G½ to DIN 16283.
The water traps are made of steel (P250GH) or stainless steel Sealing ring 7MF9007-7A. to EN 837-1, dimensions in mm
(X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2)
Water traps are designed as standard for max. operating tempe-
rature 120 °C at max. operating pressure 160 bar (400 °C at
104 bar). Water traps for higher operating pressures and tempe- Sealing ring to EN 837-1 for thread G½
ratures are available on request. made of
(packing unit 100 pcs)
• copper F) 7MF9007-7AA
Selection and Ordering data Order No. • soft iron F) 7MF9007-7AB
Water traps
for pressure gages and pressure transmitters, • stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4571 F) 7MF9007-7AC
max. working temperature 120 °C, • PTFE F) 7MF9007-7AD
max. working pressure 160 bar (or 400 °C
and 104 bar), weight 0.7 kg F)Subject to export regulations AL: 9I999, ECCN: N.
Water trap B to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0043
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0061
Water trap D to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0045
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0063
Water traps, type B, M56340-A0043/-A0061, dimensions in mm
Water traps, type D, M56340-A0045/-A0063, dimensions in mm
2/228 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Pressure surge reducers
■ Overview
The pressure surge reducer protects the pressure gage against
damage, premature wear and tear and inaccurate/fluctuating in-
dications.
■ Application 2
The pressure reducer is used when pulsations occur in the
measured medium (e.g. in slow-running vapor engines, piston
pumps and compressors), or if drastic fluctuations are likely to
occur in the measured medium (e.g. in hydraulic presses and
tensile testing machines).
■ Design
• Enclosure made of brass or stainless steel
• Adjustable nozzle
• Sleeve for connection to the measuring instrument
• Pin for connection to supply lead

Pressure surge reducer
Weight approx. 0,21 kg
Material Full-scale value Weight approx.
in kg
Brass 250 bar 0.21 M56340-A54
Stainless 600 bar 0.21 M56340-A59
steel
*®
6OHHYHIRUFRQQHFWLRQ
WRWKHSUHVVXUHGLVSOD\

3LQIRUFRQQHFWLRQ
WRVXSSO\OHDG
*®
Pressure surge reducer, dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/229

Primary shut-off valves

Primary shut-off valves are available in the following versions:
• For non-corrosive liquids, gases and vapors
Ø80
• For corrosive liquids and gases
2 • Grease-free for oxygen
The shut-off valves are available in various materials and with va-
rious connections (see Selection and Ordering data)
95
bar
Ø11,2
Ø11,2
500
400
G½ G½
22 22
90
300
B C D E Shut-off valve 7MF9017–1A., dimensions in mm

200
Operating pressure
A
Ø80
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
95
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1..
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1.., permissible working pressure as a function

Ø11,2
Ø11,2
bar bar
500 500 G½
22 M20x1,5
90
400 400
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1B. and -2B., dimensions in mm

300 300
K
G H
200 200 Ø80
F
Operating pressure
J
100 100
0 0
95
0 100 200 300 400 °C 0 100 200 °C

Ø12 (Ø14)
Ø12 (Ø14)
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-2.. Shut-off valve 7MF9017-3..
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-2.. and -3.., permissible working pressure as a

function of the permissible working temperature
M20x1,5 90 M20x1,5
(M22x1,5) (M22x1,5)
Shut-off valves 7MF9017-1C., -1D. and -2C., dimensions in mm
2/230 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Primary shut-off valves
Ø120 ØAxb 7MF9017-

14 mm x 2.5 mm 1F. and 1G.
21.3 mm x 6.3 mm 1H. and 2H.
24 mm x 7.1 mm 1J., 1K. and 2J.
141
2,5
b
Ø14
Øa
5 4,5
65
130
Shut-off valves 7MF9017-, dimensions in mm
Selection and Ordering data

Primary shut-off valves, without certificate
Max. Charac- Material Mat. No. Spindle Connections Approx. Order No.
working teristic1) thread weight kg
pressure
Shut-off valve for non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 7MF 9 0 1 7 - 1 7A
160 bar A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 a
160 bar A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 b
DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 c
for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 d
for pipe ∅ 14 mm, S series
500 bar D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 f
500 bar E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 g
500 bar D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves ∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 h
and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 j
and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 k
and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Shut-off valve for aggressive liquids and gases 7MF 9 0 1 7 - 2 7A
160 bar F X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 b
316Ti DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar G X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 c
316Ti for pipe ∅ 12 mm, S series
400 bar H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves ∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 h
316Ti and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
400 bar H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 j
316Ti and ∅ 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Accessories
Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
1)See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/231

Compensation vessels

The compensation vessels prevent the level difference which oc-
curs with pressure changes in the pressure lines and which fal- 100
sifies the measurement.
2 According to DIN 19211, the temperature in the compensation

vessel must be assumed to be 50 K less than the steam tempe- I
88,
9
rature in the pipe when calculating the wall thicknesses. This is

because the temperature in the compensation vessel during
operation can only rise up to the saturated steam temperature.
100
A material acceptance test certificate A to EN 10204-3.1 is avai-
lable for the materials from which the compensation vessels are
made.
■ Characteristic curves O
O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)

bar I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)
500
Compensation vessel 7MF9015-1.., dimensions in mm
400
E
approx. 110
D 65
300
C
I
58 1)
200 B
35 1)
Operating pressure
A
100 O
I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)

0 O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)
1) 30 mm longer with 7MF9015-5A.
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Compensation vessel 7MF9015-5.., dimensions in mm
temperature
Selection and Ordering data

Compensation vessel, without certificate
Max. Characteristic1) Material Mat. No. Connections Approx. Approx. Order No.
working Input Output contents weight
pressure cm³ kg
7 MF 9 0 1 5 - 77A
160 bar A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 250 0.8 1a
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
250 bar B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 0.8 1b
∅ 21 mm × 6.3 mm ∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm
250 bar B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 1 1c
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
250 bar C 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 1 1d
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
250 bar B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 0.7 1e
∅ 33.7 mm × 4.5 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
160 bar A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 20 1.6 5a
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
500 bar D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5b
∅ 21 mm × 6.3 mm ∅ 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm
500 bar D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5c
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
500 bar E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5d
∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm ∅ 24 mm × 7.1 mm
Accessories
Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
1)
See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"
2/232 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Connection parts

Connection parts are available in the following versions:
• Threaded flange pair G½ with stainless steel gasket
• Nipple G½ form V to DIN 19207
• Union nut G½ made of C 35 to DIN 16284 2
• Gasket B½ (grooved) to DIN 19207
All connection parts are also available grease-free for oxygen.

Threaded flange pair G½
• with stainless steel gasket 7MF9007-4CA
• grease-free for oxygen, with stainless 7MF9007-4DA
steel gasket
Scope of delivery: Threaded flange 7MF9007-4CA/-4DA, dimensions in mm
2x threaded flanges G½ to DIN 19207; material:
P250GH (mat. No. 1.0460)
4x hexagon screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014;
Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181)
4x hexagon screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24032
1x gasket G½ (7MF9007-6BA) grooved,
to DIN 19207; Nipple G½ 7MF9007-4KA/-4LA, dimensions in mm
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti)
Only for 7MF9007-4CA!
1x gasket G½ (7MF9k007-6CA), grease-free for
oxygen, grooved, to DIN 19207;
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti) Union nut G½ 7MF9007-4MA/-4NA, dimensions in mm
Only for 7MF9007-4DA!
Nipple G½
to DIN 19207
• Material: 16 Mo 3 (mat. No. 1.5415) 7MF9007-4KA
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4LA Gasket 7MF9007-6BA/-6CA, dimensions in mm
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Union nut G½ 7
to DIN 16284
• Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181) 7MF9007-4MA
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4NA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Gasket G½
to DIN 19207, grooved
• Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 F) 7MF9007-6BA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
• grease-free for oxygen, F) 7MF9007-6CA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/233

2/234 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Sitransp 250 Fi01en Ge

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Sitransp 250 Fi01en Ge

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

SITRANS P

2/2 Product overview 2/150 Remote seals for transmitters and

2/146 Transmitters for hydrostatic level

You can download all instructions, cata-

2 Two- or three-wire transmitters

Two- or three-wire transmitters SITRANS P250 2/12 –

Two- or three-wire transmitters SITRANS P, ZD series 2/17 –

Transmitters for gage and abso- SITRANS P Compact 2/21 –

Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P300 2/28 SIMATIC PDM

Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P, DS III series 2/63 SIMATIC PDM

2/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Application Description Page Software for

Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/3

Z series for gage pressure

■ Siemens FI 01 · 2009Overview ■ Design

2/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Z series for gage pressure

■ Technical specifications Design

• Process temperature -30 ... +120 °C (-22 ... +248 °F)

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, Z series (7MF1562-...), connection dia-

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/5

• High measuring accuracy

2/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

■ Technical specifications Power supply UH

• Absolute pressure - Identification Ex II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4

Response time T99 < 0.1 s

Process temperature -30 ... +120 °C

Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C 

(-58 … +212 °F)

Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP65

Weight ≈ 0.25 kg (≈ 0.55 lb)

Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/7

  ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ   ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ

   ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ   ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ

   ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ

  ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ ■ Schematics

Pressure transmitter 7MF1564-... with process connection G1“ male,

2/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

Measuring range perm. working pressure Burst pressure

For gage pressure

Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/9

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

Measuring range Perm. working pressure Burst pressure

(0 ... 10 psi g) (-3 psi g) (20 psi g) (60 psi g) 4 BA

2/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

■ Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code

Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/11

■ Overview Mode of operation

SITRANS P250 pressure transmitter, function diagram

■ Application Measuring range 0 ... 0.1 to 0 ... 25 bar

Main components: 3-wire > 10 kΩ

■ Function • Start of scale ≤ 0.6 %/10K of full-scale value

2/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2009

Connection with current output 4 ... 20 mA and round connector

Connection: 1 (+, brown),

Connection with current output 4 ... 20 mA and permanently fixed cable

Siemens FI 01 · 2009 2/13

Connection: 1 (+UB), Round connector

Connection with voltage output 0 ... 5 V DC (0 ... 10 V DC) and plug to EN

1 Connection: 1 (+UB, brown),

SITRANS P250 differential pressure transmitter with cable, dimensions in

SITRANS P250 differential pressure transmitter with socket outlet to EN

Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C

ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ

ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ ZLWK([SURWHFWLRQ

ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ

ZLWKRXW([SURWHFWLRQ ■ Schematics

ෘ DSSUR[